Marcio Teixeira
7 years ago
commit
3817fdfadd
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This module is normally not enabled. It can be enabled to facilitate
|
||||
* the display of extra debug information during code development.
|
||||
* It assumes the existance of a Max7219 LED Matrix. A suitable
|
||||
* device can be obtained on eBay similar to this: http://www.ebay.com/itm/191781645249
|
||||
* for under $2.00 including shipping.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Just connect up +5v and Gnd to give it power. And then 3 wires declared in the
|
||||
* #define's below. Actual pin assignments can be changed in MAX7219_DEBUG section
|
||||
* of configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #define Max7219_clock 77
|
||||
* #define Max7219_data_in 78
|
||||
* #define Max7219_load 79
|
||||
*
|
||||
* First call Max7219_init() and then there are a number of support functions available
|
||||
* to control the LED's in the 8x8 grid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* void Max7219_init();
|
||||
* void Max7219_PutByte(uint8_t data);
|
||||
* void Max7219(uint8_t reg, uint8_t data);
|
||||
* void Max7219_LED_On( int8_t row, int8_t col);
|
||||
* void Max7219_LED_Off( int8_t row, int8_t col);
|
||||
* void Max7219_LED_Toggle( int8_t row, int8_t col);
|
||||
* void Max7219_Clear_Row( int8_t row);
|
||||
* void Max7219_Clear_Column( int8_t col);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Marlin.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
|
||||
#include "planner.h"
|
||||
#include "stepper.h"
|
||||
#include "Max7219_Debug_LEDs.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static uint8_t LEDs[8] = {0};
|
||||
|
||||
void Max7219_PutByte(uint8_t data) {
|
||||
uint8_t i = 8;
|
||||
while(i > 0) {
|
||||
digitalWrite( Max7219_clock, LOW); // tick
|
||||
if (data & 0x80) // check bit
|
||||
digitalWrite(Max7219_data_in,HIGH); // send 1
|
||||
else
|
||||
digitalWrite(Max7219_data_in,LOW); // send 0
|
||||
digitalWrite(Max7219_clock, HIGH); // tock
|
||||
data = data << 0x01;
|
||||
--i; // move to lesser bit
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Max7219( uint8_t reg, uint8_t data) {
|
||||
digitalWrite(Max7219_load, LOW); // begin
|
||||
Max7219_PutByte(reg); // specify register
|
||||
Max7219_PutByte(data); // put data
|
||||
digitalWrite(Max7219_load, LOW); // and tell the chip to load the data
|
||||
digitalWrite(Max7219_load,HIGH);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Max7219_LED_On( int8_t row, int8_t col) {
|
||||
int x_index;
|
||||
if ( row>=8 || row<0 || col>=8 || col<0)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if ( LEDs[row] & (0x01<<col) ) // if LED is already on, just leave
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs[row] |= (0x01<<col);
|
||||
x_index = 7-row;
|
||||
Max7219( x_index+1, LEDs[row] );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Max7219_LED_Off( int8_t row, int8_t col) {
|
||||
int x_index;
|
||||
if ( row>=8 || row<0 || col>=8 || col<0)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if ( !(LEDs[row] & (0x01<<col)) ) // if LED is already off, just leave
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs[row] ^= (0x01<<col);
|
||||
x_index = 7-row;
|
||||
Max7219( x_index+1, LEDs[row] );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Max7219_LED_Toggle( int8_t row, int8_t col) {
|
||||
if ( row>=8 || row<0 || col>=8 || col<0)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if ( (LEDs[row] & (0x01<<col)) )
|
||||
Max7219_LED_Off( row, col);
|
||||
else
|
||||
Max7219_LED_On( row, col);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Max7219_Clear_Column( int8_t col) {
|
||||
int x_index;
|
||||
if ( col>=8 || col<0 )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
LEDs[col] = 0;
|
||||
x_index = 7-col;
|
||||
Max7219( x_index+1, LEDs[col] );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Max7219_Clear_Row( int8_t row) {
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
if ( row>=8 || row<0 )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
for(c=0; c<8; c++)
|
||||
Max7219_LED_Off( c, row);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Max7219_Set_Row( int8_t row, uint8_t val) {
|
||||
int b;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( row<0 || row>7 )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( val<0 || val>255 )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
for(b=0; b<8; b++)
|
||||
if ( val & (0x01 << b) )
|
||||
Max7219_LED_On( 7-b, row);
|
||||
else
|
||||
Max7219_LED_Off( 7-b, row);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Max7219_Set_Column( int8_t col, uint8_t val) {
|
||||
int x_index;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( col>=8 || col<0 )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( val<0 || val>255 )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs[col] = val;
|
||||
x_index = 7-col;
|
||||
Max7219( x_index+1, LEDs[col] );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void Max7219_init() {
|
||||
int i, x, y;
|
||||
|
||||
pinMode(Max7219_data_in, OUTPUT);
|
||||
pinMode(Max7219_clock, OUTPUT);
|
||||
pinMode(Max7219_load, OUTPUT);
|
||||
|
||||
digitalWrite(Max7219_load, HIGH);
|
||||
|
||||
//initiation of the max 7219
|
||||
Max7219(max7219_reg_scanLimit, 0x07);
|
||||
Max7219(max7219_reg_decodeMode, 0x00); // using an led matrix (not digits)
|
||||
Max7219(max7219_reg_shutdown, 0x01); // not in shutdown mode
|
||||
Max7219(max7219_reg_displayTest, 0x00); // no display test
|
||||
Max7219(max7219_reg_intensity, 0x01 & 0x0f); // the first 0x0f is the value you can set
|
||||
// range: 0x00 to 0x0f
|
||||
for (i=0; i<8; i++) { // empty registers, turn all LEDs off
|
||||
LEDs[i] = 0x00;
|
||||
Max7219(i+1,0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(x=0; x<8; x++) { // Do an austetically pleasing pattern to fully test
|
||||
for(y=0; y<8; y++) { // the Max7219 module and LED's. First, turn them
|
||||
Max7219_LED_On( x, y); // all on.
|
||||
delay(3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(x=0; x<8; x++) { // Now, turn them all off.
|
||||
for(y=0; y<8; y++) {
|
||||
Max7219_LED_Off( x, y);
|
||||
delay(3); // delay() is OK here. Max7219_init() is only called from
|
||||
} // setup() and nothing is running yet.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
delay(150);
|
||||
|
||||
for(x=7; x>=0; x--) { // Now, do the same thing from the opposite direction
|
||||
for(y=0; y<8; y++) {
|
||||
Max7219_LED_On( x, y);
|
||||
delay(2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(x=7; x>=0; x--) {
|
||||
for(y=0; y<8; y++) {
|
||||
Max7219_LED_Off( x, y);
|
||||
delay(2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* These are sample debug features to demonstrate the usage of the 8x8 LED Matrix for debug purposes.
|
||||
* There is very little CPU burden added to the system by displaying information within the idle()
|
||||
* task.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* But with that said, if your debugging can be facilitated by making calls into the library from
|
||||
* other places in the code, feel free to do it. The CPU burden for a few calls to toggle an LED
|
||||
* or clear a row is not very significant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void Max7219_idle_tasks() {
|
||||
#ifdef MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE
|
||||
static int debug_cnt=0;
|
||||
if (debug_cnt++ > 100) {
|
||||
Max7219_LED_Toggle(7,7);
|
||||
debug_cnt = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_HEAD
|
||||
Max7219_Clear_Row(MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_HEAD);
|
||||
Max7219_Clear_Row(MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_HEAD+1);
|
||||
if ( planner.block_buffer_head < 8)
|
||||
Max7219_LED_On( planner.block_buffer_head, MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_HEAD);
|
||||
else
|
||||
Max7219_LED_On( planner.block_buffer_head-8, MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_HEAD+1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_TAIL
|
||||
Max7219_Clear_Row(MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_TAIL);
|
||||
Max7219_Clear_Row(MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_TAIL+1);
|
||||
if ( planner.block_buffer_tail < 8)
|
||||
Max7219_LED_On( planner.block_buffer_tail, MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_TAIL );
|
||||
else
|
||||
Max7219_LED_On( planner.block_buffer_tail-8, MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_TAIL+1 );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_QUEUE
|
||||
static int16_t last_depth=0, current_depth;
|
||||
uint8_t i;
|
||||
current_depth = planner.block_buffer_head - planner.block_buffer_tail;
|
||||
if (current_depth != last_depth) { // usually, no update will be needed.
|
||||
|
||||
if ( current_depth < 0 )
|
||||
current_depth += BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( current_depth >= BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE )
|
||||
current_depth = BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( current_depth > 16 ) // if the BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE is greater than 16 two lines
|
||||
current_depth = 16; // of LED's is enough to see if the buffer is draining
|
||||
|
||||
if ( current_depth < last_depth )
|
||||
for(i=current_depth; i<=last_depth; i++) { // clear the highest order LED's
|
||||
if ( i & 1)
|
||||
Max7219_LED_Off(i>>1, MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_QUEUE+1);
|
||||
else
|
||||
Max7219_LED_Off(i>>1, MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_QUEUE+0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
for(i=last_depth; i<=current_depth; i++) { // light up the highest order LED's
|
||||
if ( i & 1)
|
||||
Max7219_LED_On(i>>1, MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_QUEUE+1);
|
||||
else
|
||||
Max7219_LED_On(i>>1, MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_QUEUE+0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
last_depth = current_depth;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif //MAX7219_DEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This module is normally not enabled and does not generate any code. But it
|
||||
* can be enabled to facilitate the display of extra debug information during
|
||||
* code development. It assumes the existance of a Max7219 LED Matrix. You
|
||||
* can get one on eBay similar to this: http://www.ebay.com/itm/191781645249
|
||||
* for under $2.00 including shipping.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Just connect up +5v and Gnd to give it power. And then 3 wires declared in the
|
||||
* #define's below. Actual pin assignments can be changed in MAX7219_DEBUG section
|
||||
* of configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You first call Max7219_init() and then you have 3 support functions available
|
||||
* to control the LED's in the 8x8 grid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* void Max7219_init();
|
||||
* void Max7219_PutByte(uint8_t data);
|
||||
* void Max7219(uint8_t reg, uint8_t data);
|
||||
* void Max7219_LED_On( int8_t row, int8_t col);
|
||||
* void Max7219_LED_Off( int8_t row, int8_t col);
|
||||
* void Max7219_LED_Toggle( int8_t row, int8_t col);
|
||||
* void Max7219_Clear_Row( int8_t row);
|
||||
* void Max7219_Clear_Column( int8_t col);
|
||||
* void Max7219_Set_Row( int8_t row, int8_t val);
|
||||
* void Max7219_Set_Column( int8_t column, int8_t val);
|
||||
* void Max7219_idle_tasks();
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// define max7219 registers
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_noop 0x00
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_digit0 0x01
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_digit1 0x02
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_digit2 0x03
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_digit3 0x04
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_digit4 0x05
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_digit5 0x06
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_digit6 0x07
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_digit7 0x08
|
||||
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_intensity 0x0a
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_displayTest 0x0f
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_decodeMode 0x09
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_scanLimit 0x0b
|
||||
#define max7219_reg_shutdown 0x0c
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void Max7219_init();
|
||||
void Max7219_PutByte(uint8_t data);
|
||||
void Max7219(uint8_t reg, uint8_t data);
|
||||
void Max7219_LED_On( int8_t row, int8_t col);
|
||||
void Max7219_LED_Off( int8_t row, int8_t col);
|
||||
void Max7219_LED_Toggle( int8_t row, int8_t col);
|
||||
void Max7219_Clear_Row( int8_t row);
|
||||
void Max7219_Clear_Column( int8_t col);
|
||||
void Max7219_Set_Row( int8_t row, uint8_t val);
|
||||
void Max7219_Set_Column( int8_t col, uint8_t val);
|
||||
void Max7219_idle_tasks();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
This is an example configuration for the CL-260.
|
||||
This is an example configuration for the CL-260 Ultimaker 2 clone.
|
||||
Change Z_MAX_POS to 300 for the CL-260MAX.
|
||||
|
||||
(The printer is available on AliExpress; be aware that this is not a beginner's
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1671 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/delta directory and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
|
||||
// example_configurations/SCARA and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Creality CR-10)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
//#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
|
||||
// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
|
||||
// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
|
||||
// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
// example configuration folder.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 115200
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
|
||||
* two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
|
||||
* for extruders.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
|
||||
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
|
||||
// Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
|
||||
// Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
|
||||
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
|
||||
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 steppers
|
||||
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 steppers
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
|
||||
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one of the nozzles
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.0 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
|
||||
* via a magnetic docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // Delay (ms) for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SECURITY_RAISE 5 // Z-raise before parking
|
||||
#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 1.3 } // Z-offsets of the two hotends. The first must be 0.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 120
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
|
||||
// Stock CR-10 tuned for 70C
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.57
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.72
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 73.96
|
||||
|
||||
// Ultimaker
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
|
||||
|
||||
// MakerGear
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
|
||||
// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
|
||||
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
|
||||
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
|
||||
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
|
||||
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
|
||||
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
|
||||
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
|
||||
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
//Stock CR-10 Bed Tuned for 70C
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from pidautotune
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
|
||||
// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
|
||||
// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// coarse Endstop Settings
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
|
||||
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
|
||||
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 5000 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 2.7
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See http://marlinfw.org/configuration/probes.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
|
||||
* (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
|
||||
* To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
|
||||
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
|
||||
* - For simple switches connect...
|
||||
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
|
||||
* disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Probe Type
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
|
||||
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
|
||||
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
|
||||
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
|
||||
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
|
||||
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
|
||||
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
|
||||
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
|
||||
//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
|
||||
//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
|
||||
|
||||
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
|
||||
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
* X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
* #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
* #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
*
|
||||
* +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
* E | | I
|
||||
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
* T | | H
|
||||
* | (-) | T
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
* (0,0)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
|
||||
|
||||
// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
|
||||
// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
|
||||
// Use double touch for probing
|
||||
#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for Toshiba stepper drivers
|
||||
//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 5 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// The size of the print bed
|
||||
#define X_BED_SIZE 300
|
||||
#define Y_BED_SIZE 300
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 400
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensor
|
||||
* A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section bedlevel
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
|
||||
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
|
||||
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
|
||||
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems. Currently, UBL is only checked out
|
||||
* for Cartesian Printers. That said, it was primarily designed to correct
|
||||
* poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel adventurous and have a Delta,
|
||||
* please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly. Initially,
|
||||
* you will need to set a reduced bed size so you have a rectangular area
|
||||
* to test on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
* Probe a grid manually
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
|
||||
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
|
||||
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
|
||||
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
|
||||
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
|
||||
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
|
||||
// The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
|
||||
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
|
||||
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
|
||||
|
||||
// 3 arbitrary points to probe.
|
||||
// A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // Probing points for 3-Point leveling of the mesh
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use the LCD controller for bed leveling
|
||||
* Requires MESH_BED_LEVELING or PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
|
||||
#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS // Add an option to move between corners
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
// Define this to enable EEPROM support
|
||||
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Print a report on M500. Please keep turned on.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
|
||||
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
|
||||
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Parameters:
|
||||
* P Pattern
|
||||
* S Strokes / Repetitions
|
||||
* T Triangles (P1 only)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Patterns:
|
||||
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
|
||||
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
|
||||
* between the start / end points.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
|
||||
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
|
||||
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
|
||||
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* --
|
||||
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
* -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
* |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
* T1 T2 T3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
|
||||
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
|
||||
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
|
||||
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Job Timer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Counter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Track statistical data such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Total print jobs
|
||||
* - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
* - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
* - Total time printing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* View the current statistics with M78.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, cz_utf8, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr,
|
||||
* it, kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, sk_utf8,
|
||||
* tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'cz_utf8':'Czech (UTF8)', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk_utf8':'Slovak (UTF8)', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Taiwan)', test':'TEST' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD Character Set
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
* language extensions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD TYPE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable ULTRA_LCD for a 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
|
||||
* Enable DOGLCD for a 128x64 (ST7565R) Full Graphical Display.
|
||||
* (These options will be enabled automatically for most displays.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
|
||||
* https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
|
||||
//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
|
||||
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
|
||||
// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ANET_10 Controller supported displays.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ANET_KEYPAD_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
|
||||
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
|
||||
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
|
||||
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD // Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
|
||||
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
|
||||
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
|
||||
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
|
||||
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
|
||||
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
|
||||
// duty cycle is attained.
|
||||
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
|
||||
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
|
||||
//#define PCA9632
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
|
||||
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
|
||||
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
|
||||
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
* LED Strips require a MOFSET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
|
||||
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
|
||||
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
//#define RGBW_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 3
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Printer Event LEDs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
|
||||
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
|
||||
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
|
||||
* - Change to green once print has finished
|
||||
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************\
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of servos
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
|
||||
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
|
||||
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
|
||||
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo deactivation
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
|
||||
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Width Sensor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
|
||||
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
|
||||
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
|
||||
* volume.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 // (mm) Diameter of the filament generally used (3.0 or 1.75mm), also used in the slicer. Used to validate sensor reading.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA 0.05 // Typical estimate for cheap filament
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA 0.02 // Typical advertised for higher quality filament
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2,3)
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT (DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA+4*DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA) // (mm) Upper limit used to validate sensor reading
|
||||
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT (DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA-4*DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA) // (mm) Lower limit used to validate sensor reading
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1681 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/delta directory and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
|
||||
// example_configurations/SCARA and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
|
||||
// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
|
||||
// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
|
||||
// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
// example configuration folder.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
|
||||
* two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
|
||||
* for extruders.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
|
||||
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
|
||||
// Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
|
||||
// Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
|
||||
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
|
||||
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 steppers
|
||||
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 steppers
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
|
||||
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one of the nozzles
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.0 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
|
||||
* via a magnetic docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // Delay (ms) for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SECURITY_RAISE 5 // Z-raise before parking
|
||||
#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 1.3 } // Z-offsets of the two hotends. The first must be 0.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
|
||||
|
||||
// Geeetech MK8 Extruder
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 12.33
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.51
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 74.50
|
||||
|
||||
// CTC MK8 Extruder
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 19.86
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 98.83
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
|
||||
// Ultimaker
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
|
||||
|
||||
// MakerGear
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
|
||||
// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
|
||||
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
|
||||
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
|
||||
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
|
||||
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
|
||||
//#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
|
||||
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
|
||||
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
|
||||
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
//12v (120 watt?) MK2a PCB Heatbed into 4mm borosilicate (Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro, Pro/B/C/X)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 234.88
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi 42.79
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 322.28
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from pidautotune
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
|
||||
// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
|
||||
// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// coarse Endstop Settings
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
|
||||
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
|
||||
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 50, 5000 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See http://marlinfw.org/configuration/probes.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
|
||||
* (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
|
||||
* To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
|
||||
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
|
||||
* - For simple switches connect...
|
||||
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
|
||||
* disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Probe Type
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
|
||||
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
|
||||
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
|
||||
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
|
||||
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
|
||||
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
|
||||
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
|
||||
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
|
||||
//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
|
||||
//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
|
||||
|
||||
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
|
||||
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
* X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
* #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
* #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
*
|
||||
* +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
* E | | I
|
||||
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
* T | | H
|
||||
* | (-) | T
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
* (0,0)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
|
||||
|
||||
// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
|
||||
// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
|
||||
// Use double touch for probing
|
||||
//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for Toshiba stepper drivers
|
||||
//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_E4_DIR true
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// The size of the print bed
|
||||
#define X_BED_SIZE 200
|
||||
#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensor
|
||||
* A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section bedlevel
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
|
||||
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
|
||||
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
|
||||
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems. Currently, UBL is only checked out
|
||||
* for Cartesian Printers. That said, it was primarily designed to correct
|
||||
* poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel adventurous and have a Delta,
|
||||
* please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly. Initially,
|
||||
* you will need to set a reduced bed size so you have a rectangular area
|
||||
* to test on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
* Probe a grid manually
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
|
||||
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
|
||||
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
|
||||
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
|
||||
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
|
||||
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
|
||||
// The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
|
||||
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
|
||||
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
|
||||
|
||||
// 3 arbitrary points to probe.
|
||||
// A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // Probing points for 3-Point leveling of the mesh
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use the LCD controller for bed leveling
|
||||
* Requires MESH_BED_LEVELING or PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
|
||||
#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS // Add an option to move between corners
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
|
||||
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
|
||||
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Parameters:
|
||||
* P Pattern
|
||||
* S Strokes / Repetitions
|
||||
* T Triangles (P1 only)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Patterns:
|
||||
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
|
||||
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
|
||||
* between the start / end points.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
|
||||
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
|
||||
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
|
||||
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* --
|
||||
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
* -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
* |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
* T1 T2 T3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
|
||||
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
|
||||
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
|
||||
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Job Timer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Counter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Track statistical data such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Total print jobs
|
||||
* - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
* - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
* - Total time printing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* View the current statistics with M78.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, cz_utf8, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr,
|
||||
* it, kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, sk_utf8,
|
||||
* tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'cz_utf8':'Czech (UTF8)', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk_utf8':'Slovak (UTF8)', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Taiwan)', test':'TEST' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD Character Set
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
* language extensions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD TYPE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable ULTRA_LCD for a 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
|
||||
* Enable DOGLCD for a 128x64 (ST7565R) Full Graphical Display.
|
||||
* (These options will be enabled automatically for most displays.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
|
||||
* https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
|
||||
//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
|
||||
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
|
||||
// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ANET_10 Controller supported displays.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ANET_KEYPAD_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
|
||||
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
|
||||
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
|
||||
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD // Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
|
||||
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
|
||||
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
|
||||
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
|
||||
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
|
||||
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
|
||||
// duty cycle is attained.
|
||||
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
|
||||
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
|
||||
//#define PCA9632
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
|
||||
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
|
||||
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
|
||||
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
* LED Strips require a MOFSET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
|
||||
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
|
||||
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
//#define RGBW_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 3
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Printer Event LEDs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
|
||||
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
|
||||
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
|
||||
* - Change to green once print has finished
|
||||
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************\
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of servos
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
|
||||
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
|
||||
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
|
||||
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo deactivation
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
|
||||
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Width Sensor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
|
||||
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
|
||||
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
|
||||
* volume.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 // (mm) Diameter of the filament generally used (3.0 or 1.75mm), also used in the slicer. Used to validate sensor reading.
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2,3)
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 // (mm) Upper limit used to validate sensor reading
|
||||
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 // (mm) Lower limit used to validate sensor reading
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Customize common displays for GT2560
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER) || ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) || ENABLED(G3D_PANEL)
|
||||
#define SDSUPPORT // Force SD Card support on for these displays
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD) && ENABLED(DOGLCD) // No panel, just graphical LCD?
|
||||
#define LCD_WIDTH 20 // Default is 22. For this Geeetech use 20
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1657 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/delta directory and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
|
||||
// example_configurations/SCARA and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(R. de Weerd, I3 Pro X)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
|
||||
// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
|
||||
// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
|
||||
// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
// example configuration folder.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAKER
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "RdW i3 Pro X"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
|
||||
* two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
|
||||
* for extruders.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
|
||||
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
|
||||
// Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
|
||||
// Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
|
||||
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
|
||||
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 steppers
|
||||
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 steppers
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
|
||||
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one of the nozzles
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.0 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
|
||||
* via a magnetic docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // Delay (ms) for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SECURITY_RAISE 5 // Z-raise before parking
|
||||
#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 1.3 } // Z-offsets of the two hotends. The first must be 0.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
|
||||
// Ultimaker
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
|
||||
|
||||
// MakerGear
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
|
||||
// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
|
||||
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
|
||||
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
|
||||
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
|
||||
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
|
||||
//#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
|
||||
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
|
||||
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
|
||||
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from pidautotune
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
|
||||
// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
|
||||
// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// coarse Endstop Settings
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
|
||||
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
|
||||
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 2560, 93 } // MXL, Z M8=1.25, MK8
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 40, 4000 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See http://marlinfw.org/configuration/probes.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
|
||||
* (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
|
||||
* To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
|
||||
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
|
||||
* - For simple switches connect...
|
||||
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
|
||||
* disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Probe Type
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
|
||||
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
|
||||
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 1 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
|
||||
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {10,90} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
|
||||
#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
|
||||
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
|
||||
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
|
||||
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
|
||||
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
|
||||
//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
|
||||
//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
|
||||
|
||||
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
|
||||
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
* X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
* #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
* #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
*
|
||||
* +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
* E | | I
|
||||
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
* T | | H
|
||||
* | (-) | T
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
* (0,0)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
|
||||
|
||||
// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
|
||||
// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
|
||||
// Use double touch for probing
|
||||
//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 6 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for Toshiba stepper drivers
|
||||
//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// The size of the print bed
|
||||
#define X_BED_SIZE 205
|
||||
#define Y_BED_SIZE 230
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 170
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensor
|
||||
* A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section bedlevel
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
|
||||
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
|
||||
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
|
||||
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems. Currently, UBL is only checked out
|
||||
* for Cartesian Printers. That said, it was primarily designed to correct
|
||||
* poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel adventurous and have a Delta,
|
||||
* please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly. Initially,
|
||||
* you will need to set a reduced bed size so you have a rectangular area
|
||||
* to test on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
* Probe a grid manually
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
|
||||
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
|
||||
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
|
||||
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
|
||||
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
|
||||
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
|
||||
// The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 8
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
|
||||
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
|
||||
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
|
||||
|
||||
// 3 arbitrary points to probe.
|
||||
// A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // Probing points for 3-Point leveling of the mesh
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use the LCD controller for bed leveling
|
||||
* Requires MESH_BED_LEVELING or PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
|
||||
#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS // Add an option to move between corners
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 4 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 215
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
|
||||
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
|
||||
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Parameters:
|
||||
* P Pattern
|
||||
* S Strokes / Repetitions
|
||||
* T Triangles (P1 only)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Patterns:
|
||||
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
|
||||
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
|
||||
* between the start / end points.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
|
||||
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
|
||||
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
|
||||
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* --
|
||||
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
* -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
* |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
* T1 T2 T3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
|
||||
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
|
||||
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
|
||||
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Job Timer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Counter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Track statistical data such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Total print jobs
|
||||
* - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
* - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
* - Total time printing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* View the current statistics with M78.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, cz_utf8, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr,
|
||||
* it, kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, sk_utf8,
|
||||
* tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'cz_utf8':'Czech (UTF8)', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk_utf8':'Slovak (UTF8)', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Taiwan)', test':'TEST' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD Character Set
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
* language extensions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD TYPE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable ULTRA_LCD for a 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
|
||||
* Enable DOGLCD for a 128x64 (ST7565R) Full Graphical Display.
|
||||
* (These options will be enabled automatically for most displays.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
|
||||
* https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
|
||||
//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
|
||||
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
|
||||
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
|
||||
// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ANET_10 Controller supported displays.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ANET_KEYPAD_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
|
||||
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
|
||||
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
|
||||
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD // Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
|
||||
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
|
||||
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
|
||||
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
|
||||
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
|
||||
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
|
||||
// duty cycle is attained.
|
||||
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
|
||||
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
|
||||
//#define PCA9632
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
|
||||
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
|
||||
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
|
||||
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
* LED Strips require a MOFSET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
|
||||
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
|
||||
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
//#define RGBW_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 3
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Printer Event LEDs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
|
||||
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
|
||||
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
|
||||
* - Change to green once print has finished
|
||||
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************\
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of servos
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
|
||||
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
|
||||
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
|
||||
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo deactivation
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
|
||||
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Width Sensor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
|
||||
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
|
||||
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
|
||||
* volume.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 // (mm) Diameter of the filament generally used (3.0 or 1.75mm), also used in the slicer. Used to validate sensor reading.
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2,3)
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 // (mm) Upper limit used to validate sensor reading
|
||||
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 // (mm) Lower limit used to validate sensor reading
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
@ -1,1594 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/delta directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Scara printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(tjclement, Infitary M508)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
|
||||
// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
|
||||
// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
|
||||
// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
// example configuration folder.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Infitary M508"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one of the nozzles
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.0 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 125
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
// Ultimaker
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
|
||||
|
||||
// MakerGear
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 213.2
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 765
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
|
||||
// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
|
||||
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
|
||||
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
|
||||
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
|
||||
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
|
||||
//#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
|
||||
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
|
||||
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
|
||||
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from pidautotune
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
|
||||
// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
|
||||
// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// coarse Endstop Settings
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
|
||||
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
|
||||
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 92.6 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 5, 25 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See http://marlinfw.org/configuration/probes.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
|
||||
* (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
|
||||
* To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
|
||||
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
|
||||
* - For simple switches connect...
|
||||
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
|
||||
* disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN Z_MAX_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Probe Type
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
* You must activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
|
||||
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
|
||||
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
|
||||
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable if probing seems unreliable. Heaters and/or fans - consistent with the
|
||||
* options selected below - will be disabled during probing so as to minimize
|
||||
* potential EM interference by quieting/silencing the source of the 'noise' (the change
|
||||
* in current flowing through the wires). This is likely most useful to users of the
|
||||
* BLTouch probe, but may also help those with inductive or other probe types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
|
||||
//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
|
||||
|
||||
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
|
||||
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
* X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
* #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
* #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
*
|
||||
* +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
* E | | I
|
||||
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
* T | | H
|
||||
* | (-) | T
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
* (0,0)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
|
||||
|
||||
// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
|
||||
// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
|
||||
// Use double touch for probing
|
||||
//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for Toshiba stepper drivers
|
||||
//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits after homing (units are in mm)
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS 205
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS 205
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 185
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensor
|
||||
* A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section bedlevel
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
|
||||
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
|
||||
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
|
||||
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems. Currently, UBL is only checked out
|
||||
* for Cartesian Printers. That said, it was primarily designed to correct
|
||||
* poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel adventurous and have a Delta,
|
||||
* please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly. Initially,
|
||||
* you will need to set a reduced bed size so you have a rectangular area
|
||||
* to test on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
* Probe a grid manually
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
|
||||
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
|
||||
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
|
||||
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
|
||||
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
|
||||
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
|
||||
// The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
|
||||
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
|
||||
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
|
||||
|
||||
// 3 arbitrary points to probe.
|
||||
// A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // These set the probe locations for when UBL does a 3-Point leveling
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 // of the mesh.
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use the LCD controller for bed leveling
|
||||
* Requires MESH_BED_LEVELING or PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
|
||||
// To disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Please keep turned on if you can.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
|
||||
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
|
||||
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Parameters:
|
||||
* P Pattern
|
||||
* S Strokes / Repetitions
|
||||
* T Triangles (P1 only)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Patterns:
|
||||
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
|
||||
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
|
||||
* between the start / end points.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
|
||||
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
|
||||
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
|
||||
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* --
|
||||
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
* -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
* |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
* T1 T2 T3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
|
||||
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
|
||||
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
|
||||
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Job Timer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Counter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Track statistical data such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Total print jobs
|
||||
* - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
* - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
* - Total time printing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* View the current statistics with M78.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
|
||||
* kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, tr, uk, test
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'test':'TEST' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD Character Set
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
* language extensions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See https: *github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD TYPE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable ULTRA_LCD for a 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
|
||||
* Enable DOGLCD for a 128x64 (ST7565R) Full Graphical Display.
|
||||
* (These options will be enabled automatically for most displays.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
|
||||
* https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
|
||||
//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
|
||||
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
|
||||
// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
|
||||
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
|
||||
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
|
||||
// duty cycle is attained.
|
||||
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
|
||||
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
|
||||
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
|
||||
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
|
||||
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
* LED Strips require a MOFSET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
|
||||
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
|
||||
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
//#define RGBW_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Printer Event LEDs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
|
||||
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
|
||||
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
|
||||
* - Change to green once print has finished
|
||||
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************\
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of servos
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
|
||||
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
|
||||
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
|
||||
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY 300
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo deactivation
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
|
||||
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Width Sensor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
|
||||
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
|
||||
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
|
||||
* volume.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.00 // (mm) Diameter of the filament generally used (3.0 or 1.75mm), also used in the slicer. Used to validate sensor reading.
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2,3)
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 // (mm) Upper limit used to validate sensor reading
|
||||
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 // (mm) Lower limit used to validate sensor reading
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
@ -1,1260 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too long (period),
|
||||
* the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway" increase THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed" increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M140 or M190 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M140/M190,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get too many "Heating failed" errors, increase WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE. (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
|
||||
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Controller Fan
|
||||
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
|
||||
* and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
|
||||
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the minimal speed for the main fan, run in PWM mode
|
||||
// to enable uncomment and set minimal PWM speed for reliable running (1-255)
|
||||
// if fan speed is [1 - (FAN_MIN_PWM-1)] it is set to FAN_MIN_PWM
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// Define a pin to turn case light on/off
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4
|
||||
#if PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT)
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set to true if HIGH is the OFF state (active low)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON // Uncomment to set default state to on
|
||||
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Uncomment to have a Case Light On / Off entry in main menu
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual X Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two X axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second X stepper.
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two X motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual Y Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two Y axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Y stepper.
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two Y motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to use a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Z stepper.
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
|
||||
// Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is a feature to enable the use of 2 endstops for both Z steppers - Let's call them Z stepper and Z2 stepper.
|
||||
// That way the machine is capable to align the bed during home, since both Z steppers are homed.
|
||||
// There is also an implementation of M666 (software endstops adjustment) to this feature.
|
||||
// After Z homing, this adjustment is applied to just one of the steppers in order to align the bed.
|
||||
// One just need to home the Z axis and measure the distance difference between both Z axis and apply the math: Z adjust = Z - Z2.
|
||||
// If the Z stepper axis is closer to the bed, the measure Z > Z2 (yes, it is.. think about it) and the Z adjust would be positive.
|
||||
// Play a little bit with small adjustments (0.5mm) and check the behaviour.
|
||||
// The M119 (endstops report) will start reporting the Z2 Endstop as well.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 // use M666 command to determine/test this value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
|
||||
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
|
||||
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
|
||||
// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug.
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
// Configuration for second X-carriage
|
||||
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
|
||||
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
|
||||
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
|
||||
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR {2, 2, 4} // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
|
||||
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @section stepper motor current
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The power on motor currents are set by:
|
||||
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: A4982
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* known compatible chips: AD5206
|
||||
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
|
||||
* M907 - applies to all.
|
||||
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {1300, 1300, 1250} // Values in milliamps
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8
|
||||
// Actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0} // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value
|
||||
|
||||
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// Scroll a longer status message into view
|
||||
//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
|
||||
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
|
||||
// using:
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256).
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
|
||||
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
|
||||
// Add a menu item to test the progress bar:
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
// This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
#endif // DOGLCD
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
|
||||
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
|
||||
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
|
||||
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
|
||||
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
|
||||
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Enable to combine M851 and Babystepping
|
||||
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
|
||||
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
|
||||
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
|
||||
//#define ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
|
||||
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of linear pressure control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance = k * (delta velocity)
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
* See Marlin documentation for calibration instructions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 75
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Some Slicers produce Gcode with randomly jumping extrusion widths occasionally.
|
||||
* For example within a 0.4mm perimeter it may produce a single segment of 0.05mm width.
|
||||
* While this is harmless for normal printing (the fluid nature of the filament will
|
||||
* close this very, very tiny gap), it throws off the LIN_ADVANCE pressure adaption.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For this case LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO can be used to set the extrusion:distance ratio
|
||||
* to a fixed value. Note that using a fixed ratio will lead to wrong nozzle pressures
|
||||
* if the slicer is using variable widths or layer heights within one print!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option sets the default E:D ratio at startup. Use `M900` to override this value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M900 W0.4 H0.2 D1.75`, where:
|
||||
* - W is the extrusion width in mm
|
||||
* - H is the layer height in mm
|
||||
* - D is the filament diameter in mm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M900 R0.0458` to set the ratio directly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set to 0 to auto-detect the ratio based on given Gcode G1 print moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slic3r (including Prusa Slic3r) produces Gcode compatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
* Cura (as of this writing) may produce Gcode incompatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO 0 // The calculated ratio (or 0) according to the formula W * H / ((D / 2) ^ 2 * PI)
|
||||
// Example: 0.4 * 0.2 / ((1.75 / 2) ^ 2 * PI) = 0.033260135
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
// Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area.
|
||||
// Below are the macros that are used to define the borders for the mesh area,
|
||||
// made available here for specialized needs, ie dual extruder setup.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
|
||||
// If this is defined, the currently active mesh will be saved in the
|
||||
// current slot on M500.
|
||||
#define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Arc interpretation settings:
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disabling this saves ~2738 bytes
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
|
||||
// Enable PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH if you want G38 to double touch
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimum pulse width (in µs) for stepping a stepper.
|
||||
// Set this if you find stepping unreliable, or if using a very fast CPU.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 // (µs) The smallest stepper pulse allowed
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Transfer Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// @section fwretract
|
||||
|
||||
// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
|
||||
// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
|
||||
// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
|
||||
// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
|
||||
// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Advanced Pause
|
||||
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_X_POS 3 // X position of hotend
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_Y_POS 3 // Y position of hotend
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_Z_ADD 10 // Z addition of hotend (lift)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // Initial retract feedrate in mm/s
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // Initial retract in mm
|
||||
// It is a short retract used immediately after print interrupt before move to filament exchange position
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // Unload filament feedrate in mm/s - filament unloading can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // Unload filament length from hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to unload filament from whole bowden tube,
|
||||
// shorter length for printers without bowden to unload filament from extruder only,
|
||||
// 0 to disable unloading for manual unloading
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // Load filament feedrate in mm/s - filament loading into the bowden tube can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // Load filament length over hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to fast load filament into whole bowden tube over the hotend,
|
||||
// Short or zero length for printers without bowden where loading is not used
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_EXTRUDE_FEEDRATE 3 // Extrude filament feedrate in mm/s - must be slower than load feedrate
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_EXTRUDE_LENGTH 50 // Extrude filament length in mm after filament is loaded over the hotend,
|
||||
// 0 to disable for manual extrusion
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the filament exchange menu to fill the hotend,
|
||||
// or until outcoming filament color is not clear for filament color change
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // Turn off nozzle if user doesn't change filament within this time limit in seconds
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NUMBER_OF_ALERT_BEEPS 5 // Number of alert beeps before printer goes quiet
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable to have stepper motors hold position during filament change
|
||||
// even if it takes longer than DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME.
|
||||
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Go to filament change position on pause, return to print position on resume
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have TMC26X motor drivers.
|
||||
* You will need to import the TMC26XStepper library into the Arduino IDE for this
|
||||
* (https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper.git)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMCDRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMCDRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E4_IS_TMC
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this for SilentStepStick Trinamic TMC2130 SPI-configurable stepper drivers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library
|
||||
* (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI2130 pins to
|
||||
* the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins
|
||||
* in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
|
||||
// CHOOSE YOUR MOTORS HERE, THIS IS MANDATORY
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E4_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stepper driver settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE 1 // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_CURRENT 1000 // rms current in mA. Multiply by 1.41 for peak current.
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X2_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y2_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z2_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E0_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E1_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E2_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E3_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E4_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
|
||||
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Let Marlin automatically control stepper current.
|
||||
* This is still an experimental feature.
|
||||
* Increase current every 5s by CURRENT_STEP until stepper temperature prewarn gets triggered,
|
||||
* then decrease current by CURRENT_STEP until temperature prewarn is cleared.
|
||||
* Adjusting starts from X/Y/Z/E_CURRENT but will not increase over AUTO_ADJUST_MAX
|
||||
* Relevant g-codes:
|
||||
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
||||
* M906 S1 - Start adjusting current
|
||||
* M906 S0 - Stop adjusting current
|
||||
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
|
||||
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL)
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define AUTO_ADJUST_MAX 1300 // [mA], 1300mA_rms = 1840mA_peak
|
||||
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
||||
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
|
||||
* STEALTHCHOP needs to be enabled.
|
||||
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
|
||||
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 4
|
||||
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 4
|
||||
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use stallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
|
||||
* You need to place a wire from the driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
|
||||
* If used along with STEALTHCHOP, the movement will be louder when homing. This is normal.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* X/Y_HOMING_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
|
||||
* Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
|
||||
* Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
|
||||
* Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
|
||||
* It is advised to set X/Y_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
|
||||
* M914 X/Y to live tune the setting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING)
|
||||
#define X_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 19
|
||||
#define Y_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 19
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC2130_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperX.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC2130_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
|
||||
// @section L6470
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have L6470 motor drivers.
|
||||
* You need to import the L6470 library into the Arduino IDE for this.
|
||||
* (https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HAVE_L6470DRIVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E4_IS_L6470
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
#define X_K_VAL 50 // 0 - 255, Higher values, are higher power. Be careful not to go too high
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E4_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spindle & Laser control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
|
||||
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
|
||||
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
|
||||
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
|
||||
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
|
||||
* where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
|
||||
*
|
||||
* set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
|
||||
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
|
||||
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
|
||||
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for PLA"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for ABS"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1661 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/delta directory and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
|
||||
// example_configurations/SCARA and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(tjclement, Infitary M508)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
|
||||
// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
|
||||
// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
|
||||
// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
// example configuration folder.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Infitary M508"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
|
||||
* two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
|
||||
* for extruders.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
|
||||
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
|
||||
// Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
|
||||
// Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
|
||||
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
|
||||
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 steppers
|
||||
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 steppers
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
|
||||
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one of the nozzles
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.0 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
|
||||
* via a magnetic docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // Delay (ms) for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SECURITY_RAISE 5 // Z-raise before parking
|
||||
#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 1.3 } // Z-offsets of the two hotends. The first must be 0.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 125
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
|
||||
// Ultimaker
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
|
||||
|
||||
// MakerGear
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 213.2
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 765
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
|
||||
// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
|
||||
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
|
||||
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
|
||||
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
|
||||
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
|
||||
//#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
|
||||
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
|
||||
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
|
||||
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from pidautotune
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
|
||||
// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
|
||||
// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// coarse Endstop Settings
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
|
||||
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
|
||||
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 92.6 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 5, 25 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See http://marlinfw.org/configuration/probes.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
|
||||
* (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
|
||||
* To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
|
||||
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
|
||||
* - For simple switches connect...
|
||||
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
|
||||
* disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Probe Type
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
|
||||
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
|
||||
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
|
||||
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
|
||||
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
|
||||
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
|
||||
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
|
||||
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
|
||||
//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
|
||||
//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
|
||||
|
||||
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
|
||||
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
* X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
* #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
* #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
*
|
||||
* +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
* E | | I
|
||||
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
* T | | H
|
||||
* | (-) | T
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
* (0,0)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
|
||||
|
||||
// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
|
||||
// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
|
||||
// Use double touch for probing
|
||||
//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for Toshiba stepper drivers
|
||||
//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// The size of the print bed
|
||||
#define X_BED_SIZE 205
|
||||
#define Y_BED_SIZE 205
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 185
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensor
|
||||
* A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section bedlevel
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
|
||||
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
|
||||
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
|
||||
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems. Currently, UBL is only checked out
|
||||
* for Cartesian Printers. That said, it was primarily designed to correct
|
||||
* poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel adventurous and have a Delta,
|
||||
* please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly. Initially,
|
||||
* you will need to set a reduced bed size so you have a rectangular area
|
||||
* to test on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
* Probe a grid manually
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
|
||||
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
|
||||
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
|
||||
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
|
||||
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
|
||||
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
|
||||
// The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
|
||||
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
|
||||
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
|
||||
|
||||
// 3 arbitrary points to probe.
|
||||
// A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // Probing points for 3-Point leveling of the mesh
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use the LCD controller for bed leveling
|
||||
* Requires MESH_BED_LEVELING or PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
|
||||
#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS // Add an option to move between corners
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
|
||||
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
|
||||
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Parameters:
|
||||
* P Pattern
|
||||
* S Strokes / Repetitions
|
||||
* T Triangles (P1 only)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Patterns:
|
||||
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
|
||||
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
|
||||
* between the start / end points.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
|
||||
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
|
||||
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
|
||||
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* --
|
||||
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
* -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
* |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
* T1 T2 T3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
|
||||
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
|
||||
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
|
||||
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Job Timer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Counter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Track statistical data such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Total print jobs
|
||||
* - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
* - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
* - Total time printing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* View the current statistics with M78.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, cz_utf8, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr,
|
||||
* it, kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, sk_utf8,
|
||||
* tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'cz_utf8':'Czech (UTF8)', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk_utf8':'Slovak (UTF8)', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Taiwan)', test':'TEST' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD Character Set
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
* language extensions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD TYPE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable ULTRA_LCD for a 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
|
||||
* Enable DOGLCD for a 128x64 (ST7565R) Full Graphical Display.
|
||||
* (These options will be enabled automatically for most displays.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
|
||||
* https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
|
||||
//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
|
||||
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
|
||||
// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ANET_10 Controller supported displays.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ANET_KEYPAD_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
|
||||
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
|
||||
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
|
||||
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD // Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
|
||||
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
|
||||
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
|
||||
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
|
||||
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
|
||||
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
|
||||
// duty cycle is attained.
|
||||
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
|
||||
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
|
||||
//#define PCA9632
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
|
||||
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
|
||||
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
|
||||
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
* LED Strips require a MOFSET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
|
||||
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
|
||||
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
//#define RGBW_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 3
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Printer Event LEDs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
|
||||
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
|
||||
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
|
||||
* - Change to green once print has finished
|
||||
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************\
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of servos
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
|
||||
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
|
||||
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
|
||||
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo deactivation
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
|
||||
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Width Sensor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
|
||||
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
|
||||
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
|
||||
* volume.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.00 // (mm) Diameter of the filament generally used (3.0 or 1.75mm), also used in the slicer. Used to validate sensor reading.
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2,3)
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 // (mm) Upper limit used to validate sensor reading
|
||||
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 // (mm) Lower limit used to validate sensor reading
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1411 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too long (period),
|
||||
* the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway" increase THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed" increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M140 or M190 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M140/M190,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get too many "Heating failed" errors, increase WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE. (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
|
||||
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Controller Fan
|
||||
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
|
||||
* and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
|
||||
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the minimal speed for the main fan, run in PWM mode
|
||||
// to enable uncomment and set minimal PWM speed for reliable running (1-255)
|
||||
// if fan speed is [1 - (FAN_MIN_PWM-1)] it is set to FAN_MIN_PWM
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
|
||||
* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
|
||||
* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
|
||||
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
|
||||
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
|
||||
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual X Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two X axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second X stepper.
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two X motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual Y Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two Y axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Y stepper.
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two Y motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to use a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Z stepper.
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
|
||||
// Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is a feature to enable the use of 2 endstops for both Z steppers - Let's call them Z stepper and Z2 stepper.
|
||||
// That way the machine is capable to align the bed during home, since both Z steppers are homed.
|
||||
// There is also an implementation of M666 (software endstops adjustment) to this feature.
|
||||
// After Z homing, this adjustment is applied to just one of the steppers in order to align the bed.
|
||||
// One just need to home the Z axis and measure the distance difference between both Z axis and apply the math: Z adjust = Z - Z2.
|
||||
// If the Z stepper axis is closer to the bed, the measure Z > Z2 (yes, it is.. think about it) and the Z adjust would be positive.
|
||||
// Play a little bit with small adjustments (0.5mm) and check the behaviour.
|
||||
// The M119 (endstops report) will start reporting the Z2 Endstop as well.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Use M666 to determine/test this value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
|
||||
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
|
||||
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
|
||||
// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug.
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
// Configuration for second X-carriage
|
||||
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
|
||||
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
|
||||
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
|
||||
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR {2, 2, 4} // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
|
||||
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/sec)
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @section stepper motor current
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The power on motor currents are set by:
|
||||
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: A4982
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* known compatible chips: AD5206
|
||||
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
|
||||
* M907 - applies to all.
|
||||
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8
|
||||
// Actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value
|
||||
|
||||
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// Scroll a longer status message into view
|
||||
//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
|
||||
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
|
||||
// using:
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256).
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
|
||||
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
|
||||
// Add a menu item to test the progress bar:
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
// This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
#endif // DOGLCD
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
|
||||
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
|
||||
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
|
||||
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
|
||||
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
|
||||
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Enable to combine M851 and Babystepping
|
||||
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
|
||||
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
|
||||
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
|
||||
//#define ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
|
||||
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of linear pressure control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance = k * (delta velocity)
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
* See Marlin documentation for calibration instructions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 75
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Some Slicers produce Gcode with randomly jumping extrusion widths occasionally.
|
||||
* For example within a 0.4mm perimeter it may produce a single segment of 0.05mm width.
|
||||
* While this is harmless for normal printing (the fluid nature of the filament will
|
||||
* close this very, very tiny gap), it throws off the LIN_ADVANCE pressure adaption.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For this case LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO can be used to set the extrusion:distance ratio
|
||||
* to a fixed value. Note that using a fixed ratio will lead to wrong nozzle pressures
|
||||
* if the slicer is using variable widths or layer heights within one print!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option sets the default E:D ratio at startup. Use `M900` to override this value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M900 W0.4 H0.2 D1.75`, where:
|
||||
* - W is the extrusion width in mm
|
||||
* - H is the layer height in mm
|
||||
* - D is the filament diameter in mm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M900 R0.0458` to set the ratio directly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set to 0 to auto-detect the ratio based on given Gcode G1 print moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slic3r (including Průša Control) produces Gcode compatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
* Cura (as of this writing) may produce Gcode incompatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO 0 // The calculated ratio (or 0) according to the formula W * H / ((D / 2) ^ 2 * PI)
|
||||
// Example: 0.4 * 0.2 / ((1.75 / 2) ^ 2 * PI) = 0.033260135
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
// Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area.
|
||||
// Below are the macros that are used to define the borders for the mesh area,
|
||||
// made available here for specialized needs, ie dual extruder setup.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_X (X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_Y (Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_X UBL_MESH_INSET
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_X (X_BED_SIZE - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_Y UBL_MESH_INSET
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_Y (Y_BED_SIZE - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
|
||||
// If this is defined, the currently active mesh will be saved in the
|
||||
// current slot on M500.
|
||||
#define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G2/G3 Arc Support
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
|
||||
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
|
||||
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
|
||||
// Enable PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH if you want G38 to double touch
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimum pulse width (in µs) for stepping a stepper.
|
||||
// Set this if you find stepping unreliable, or if using a very fast CPU.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 // (µs) The smallest stepper pulse allowed
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Transfer Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
|
||||
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
|
||||
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
|
||||
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT // ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
|
||||
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 // Default retract Z-lift
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Advanced Pause
|
||||
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_X_POS 3 // X position of hotend
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_Y_POS 3 // Y position of hotend
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_Z_ADD 10 // Z addition of hotend (lift)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // Initial retract feedrate in mm/s
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // Initial retract in mm
|
||||
// It is a short retract used immediately after print interrupt before move to filament exchange position
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // Unload filament feedrate in mm/s - filament unloading can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // Unload filament length from hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to unload filament from whole bowden tube,
|
||||
// shorter length for printers without bowden to unload filament from extruder only,
|
||||
// 0 to disable unloading for manual unloading
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // Load filament feedrate in mm/s - filament loading into the bowden tube can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // Load filament length over hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to fast load filament into whole bowden tube over the hotend,
|
||||
// Short or zero length for printers without bowden where loading is not used
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_EXTRUDE_FEEDRATE 3 // Extrude filament feedrate in mm/s - must be slower than load feedrate
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_EXTRUDE_LENGTH 50 // Extrude filament length in mm after filament is loaded over the hotend,
|
||||
// 0 to disable for manual extrusion
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the filament exchange menu to fill the hotend,
|
||||
// or until outcoming filament color is not clear for filament color change
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // Turn off nozzle if user doesn't change filament within this time limit in seconds
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NUMBER_OF_ALERT_BEEPS 5 // Number of alert beeps before printer goes quiet
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable to have stepper motors hold position during filament change
|
||||
// even if it takes longer than DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME.
|
||||
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Go to filament change position on pause, return to print position on resume
|
||||
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have TMC26X motor drivers.
|
||||
* You will need to import the TMC26XStepper library into the Arduino IDE for this
|
||||
* (https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper.git)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMCDRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMCDRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E4_IS_TMC
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this for SilentStepStick Trinamic TMC2130 SPI-configurable stepper drivers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library
|
||||
* (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI2130 pins to
|
||||
* the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins
|
||||
* in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
|
||||
// CHOOSE YOUR MOTORS HERE, THIS IS MANDATORY
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E4_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stepper driver settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE 1 // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_CURRENT 1000 // rms current in mA. Multiply by 1.41 for peak current.
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X2_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y2_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z2_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E0_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E1_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E2_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E3_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E4_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
|
||||
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Let Marlin automatically control stepper current.
|
||||
* This is still an experimental feature.
|
||||
* Increase current every 5s by CURRENT_STEP until stepper temperature prewarn gets triggered,
|
||||
* then decrease current by CURRENT_STEP until temperature prewarn is cleared.
|
||||
* Adjusting starts from X/Y/Z/E_CURRENT but will not increase over AUTO_ADJUST_MAX
|
||||
* Relevant g-codes:
|
||||
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
||||
* M906 S1 - Start adjusting current
|
||||
* M906 S0 - Stop adjusting current
|
||||
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
|
||||
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL)
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define AUTO_ADJUST_MAX 1300 // [mA], 1300mA_rms = 1840mA_peak
|
||||
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
||||
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
|
||||
* STEALTHCHOP needs to be enabled.
|
||||
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
|
||||
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 4
|
||||
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 4
|
||||
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use stallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
|
||||
* You need to place a wire from the driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
|
||||
* If used along with STEALTHCHOP, the movement will be louder when homing. This is normal.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* X/Y_HOMING_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
|
||||
* Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
|
||||
* Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
|
||||
* Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
|
||||
* It is advised to set X/Y_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
|
||||
* M914 X/Y to live tune the setting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING)
|
||||
#define X_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 19
|
||||
#define Y_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 19
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC2130_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperX.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC2130_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAVE_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
// @section L6470
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have L6470 motor drivers.
|
||||
* You need to import the L6470 library into the Arduino IDE for this.
|
||||
* (https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HAVE_L6470DRIVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E4_IS_L6470
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
#define X_K_VAL 50 // 0 - 255, Higher values, are higher power. Be careful not to go too high
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E4_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spindle & Laser control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
|
||||
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
|
||||
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
|
||||
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
|
||||
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
|
||||
* where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
|
||||
*
|
||||
* set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
|
||||
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
|
||||
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
|
||||
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for PLA"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for ABS"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed.
|
||||
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'.
|
||||
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff"
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
|
||||
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
|
||||
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
|
||||
* Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reilabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
|
||||
// encoders supported currently.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
|
||||
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
|
||||
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
|
||||
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
|
||||
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE // Type of error error correction.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
|
||||
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
|
||||
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
|
||||
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
|
||||
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
|
||||
// disable abort behaviour.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
|
||||
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
|
||||
// is trusted again.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
|
||||
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
|
||||
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 100 // Minimum time in miliseconds between encoder checks.
|
||||
|
||||
// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Debug LED's using an 8x8 LED Matrix driven by a Max7219 chip. Fully assembled versions are available on
|
||||
* eBay for under $2.00 (including shipping) and only require 3 signal wires.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Check out auctions similar to this: https://www.ebay.com/sch/i.html?_from=R40&_trksid=m570.l1313&_nkw=332349290049&_sacat=0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
|
||||
#define Max7219_clock 64 // 77 on Re-ARM // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display
|
||||
#define Max7219_data_in 57 // 78 on Re-ARM
|
||||
#define Max7219_load 44 // 79 on Re-ARM
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* These are sample debug features that can be turned on and configured for your use.
|
||||
* The developer will need to manage the use of the various LED's in the 8x8 matrix to avoid conflicts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix from idle() routine if firmware is functioning
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_HEAD 3 // Display row position of stepper queue head on this line and the next line of LED matrix
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_TAIL 5 // Display row position of stepper queue tail on this line and the next line of LED matrix
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_QUEUE 0 // Display row position of stepper queue depth on this line and the next line of LED matrix
|
||||
// If you have stuttering on your Delta printer, this option may help you understand how
|
||||
// various tweaks you make to your configuration are affecting the printer.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1688 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/delta directory and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
|
||||
// example_configurations/SCARA and customize for your machine.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thinkyhead, Sanguinololu)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
|
||||
// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
|
||||
// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
|
||||
// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
// example configuration folder.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 115200
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_SANGUINOLOLU_12
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Sanguinololu"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
|
||||
* two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
|
||||
* for extruders.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
|
||||
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
|
||||
// Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
|
||||
// Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
|
||||
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
|
||||
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 steppers
|
||||
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 steppers
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
|
||||
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one of the nozzles
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.0 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
|
||||
* via a magnetic docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid not magnetized with applied voltage
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // Delay (ms) for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
|
||||
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SECURITY_RAISE 5 // Z-raise before parking
|
||||
#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 1.3 } // Z-offsets of the two hotends. The first must be 0.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
|
||||
// Ultimaker
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
|
||||
|
||||
// MakerGear
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
|
||||
// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
|
||||
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
|
||||
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
|
||||
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
|
||||
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
|
||||
//#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
|
||||
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
|
||||
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
|
||||
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from pidautotune
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
|
||||
// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
|
||||
// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// coarse Endstop Settings
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Standard NEMA 17 with T2 belt and 20 tooth pulley
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define NEMA17_FULL_STEPS 200.0
|
||||
#define XY_MICROSTEPS 16.0
|
||||
#define E_MICROSTEPS 16.0
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16.0
|
||||
|
||||
#define XY_PULLEY_PITCH 2.0
|
||||
#define XY_PULLEY_TEETH 20.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Standard NEMA 17 with fancy 2mm lead screws
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define Z_RODS_PITCH 0.5
|
||||
|
||||
#define XY_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * XY_MICROSTEPS)
|
||||
#define Z_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * Z_MICROSTEPS)
|
||||
#define E_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * E_MICROSTEPS)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MK7 Direct Drive
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define MK7_GEAR_DIAM 10.56
|
||||
#define MK7_GEAR_CIRC (M_PI * MK7_GEAR_DIAM)
|
||||
#define E_STEPS (E_MOTOR_STEPS / MK7_GEAR_CIRC)
|
||||
|
||||
// Get steps/mm from selected results above
|
||||
#define XY_STEPS (XY_MOTOR_STEPS / (XY_PULLEY_PITCH * XY_PULLEY_TEETH))
|
||||
#define Z_STEPS (Z_MOTOR_STEPS / Z_RODS_PITCH)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
|
||||
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
|
||||
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { XY_STEPS, XY_STEPS, Z_STEPS, E_STEPS }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 8, 45 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See http://marlinfw.org/configuration/probes.html
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
|
||||
* (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
|
||||
* To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
|
||||
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
|
||||
* - For simple switches connect...
|
||||
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
|
||||
* disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Probe Type
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
|
||||
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
|
||||
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
|
||||
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
|
||||
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
|
||||
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
|
||||
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
|
||||
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
|
||||
//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
|
||||
//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
|
||||
|
||||
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
|
||||
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
* X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
* #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
* #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
*
|
||||
* +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
* E | | I
|
||||
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
* T | | H
|
||||
* | (-) | T
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
* O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
* (0,0)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
|
||||
|
||||
// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
|
||||
// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
|
||||
// Use double touch for probing
|
||||
//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for Toshiba stepper drivers
|
||||
//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// The size of the print bed
|
||||
#define X_BED_SIZE 200
|
||||
#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 170
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensor
|
||||
* A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section bedlevel
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
|
||||
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
|
||||
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
|
||||
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems. Currently, UBL is only checked out
|
||||
* for Cartesian Printers. That said, it was primarily designed to correct
|
||||
* poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel adventurous and have a Delta,
|
||||
* please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly. Initially,
|
||||
* you will need to set a reduced bed size so you have a rectangular area
|
||||
* to test on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
* Probe a grid manually
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
|
||||
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
|
||||
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
|
||||
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
|
||||
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
|
||||
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
|
||||
// The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
|
||||
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
|
||||
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
|
||||
|
||||
// 3 arbitrary points to probe.
|
||||
// A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // Probing points for 3-Point leveling of the mesh
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
//#define UBL_G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use the LCD controller for bed leveling
|
||||
* Requires MESH_BED_LEVELING or PROBE_MANUALLY
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
|
||||
#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS // Add an option to move between corners
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (6*60)
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
|
||||
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
|
||||
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Parameters:
|
||||
* P Pattern
|
||||
* S Strokes / Repetitions
|
||||
* T Triangles (P1 only)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Patterns:
|
||||
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
|
||||
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
|
||||
* between the start / end points.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
|
||||
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
|
||||
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
|
||||
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* --
|
||||
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
* -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
* |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
* T1 T2 T3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
|
||||
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
|
||||
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
|
||||
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Job Timer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print Counter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Track statistical data such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Total print jobs
|
||||
* - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
* - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
* - Total time printing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* View the current statistics with M78.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, cz_utf8, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr,
|
||||
* it, kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, tr, uk,
|
||||
* zh_CN, zh_TW, test
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'cz_utf8':'Czech (UTF8)', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Taiwan)', test':'TEST' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD Character Set
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
* language extensions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LCD TYPE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable ULTRA_LCD for a 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
|
||||
* Enable DOGLCD for a 128x64 (ST7565R) Full Graphical Display.
|
||||
* (These options will be enabled automatically for most displays.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
|
||||
* https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
|
||||
//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
|
||||
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
|
||||
// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ANET_10 Controller supported displays.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ANET_KEYPAD_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
|
||||
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
|
||||
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
|
||||
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD // Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
|
||||
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
|
||||
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
|
||||
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
|
||||
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
|
||||
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
|
||||
// duty cycle is attained.
|
||||
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
|
||||
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
|
||||
//#define PCA9632
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
|
||||
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
|
||||
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
|
||||
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
* LED Strips require a MOFSET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
|
||||
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
|
||||
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
|
||||
* *** CAUTION ***
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define RGB_LED
|
||||
//#define RGBW_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 11
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 10
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 17
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard)
|
||||
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 3
|
||||
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Printer Event LEDs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
|
||||
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
|
||||
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
|
||||
* - Change to green once print has finished
|
||||
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED)
|
||||
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************\
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of servos
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
|
||||
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
|
||||
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
|
||||
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo deactivation
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
|
||||
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Width Sensor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
|
||||
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
|
||||
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
|
||||
* volume.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 // (mm) Diameter of the filament generally used (3.0 or 1.75mm), also used in the slicer. Used to validate sensor reading.
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2,3)
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 // (mm) Upper limit used to validate sensor reading
|
||||
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 // (mm) Lower limit used to validate sensor reading
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1400 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too long (period),
|
||||
* the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway" increase THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed" increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M140 or M190 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M140/M190,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get too many "Heating failed" errors, increase WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE. (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
|
||||
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Controller Fan
|
||||
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
|
||||
* and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
|
||||
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the minimal speed for the main fan, run in PWM mode
|
||||
// to enable uncomment and set minimal PWM speed for reliable running (1-255)
|
||||
// if fan speed is [1 - (FAN_MIN_PWM-1)] it is set to FAN_MIN_PWM
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
|
||||
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual X Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two X axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second X stepper.
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two X motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual Y Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two Y axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Y stepper.
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two Y motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to use a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Z stepper.
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
|
||||
// Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is a feature to enable the use of 2 endstops for both Z steppers - Let's call them Z stepper and Z2 stepper.
|
||||
// That way the machine is capable to align the bed during home, since both Z steppers are homed.
|
||||
// There is also an implementation of M666 (software endstops adjustment) to this feature.
|
||||
// After Z homing, this adjustment is applied to just one of the steppers in order to align the bed.
|
||||
// One just need to home the Z axis and measure the distance difference between both Z axis and apply the math: Z adjust = Z - Z2.
|
||||
// If the Z stepper axis is closer to the bed, the measure Z > Z2 (yes, it is.. think about it) and the Z adjust would be positive.
|
||||
// Play a little bit with small adjustments (0.5mm) and check the behaviour.
|
||||
// The M119 (endstops report) will start reporting the Z2 Endstop as well.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Use M666 to determine/test this value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
|
||||
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
|
||||
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
|
||||
// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug.
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
// Configuration for second X-carriage
|
||||
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
|
||||
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
|
||||
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
|
||||
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR {2, 2, 4} // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
|
||||
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/sec)
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @section stepper motor current
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The power on motor currents are set by:
|
||||
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: A4982
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* known compatible chips: AD5206
|
||||
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
|
||||
* M907 - applies to all.
|
||||
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8
|
||||
// Actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value
|
||||
|
||||
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// Scroll a longer status message into view
|
||||
//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
|
||||
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
|
||||
// using:
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256).
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
|
||||
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
|
||||
// Add a menu item to test the progress bar:
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
// This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
#endif // DOGLCD
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
|
||||
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
|
||||
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
|
||||
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
|
||||
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
|
||||
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Enable to combine M851 and Babystepping
|
||||
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
|
||||
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
|
||||
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
|
||||
//#define ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
|
||||
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of linear pressure control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance = k * (delta velocity)
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
* See Marlin documentation for calibration instructions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 75
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Some Slicers produce Gcode with randomly jumping extrusion widths occasionally.
|
||||
* For example within a 0.4mm perimeter it may produce a single segment of 0.05mm width.
|
||||
* While this is harmless for normal printing (the fluid nature of the filament will
|
||||
* close this very, very tiny gap), it throws off the LIN_ADVANCE pressure adaption.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For this case LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO can be used to set the extrusion:distance ratio
|
||||
* to a fixed value. Note that using a fixed ratio will lead to wrong nozzle pressures
|
||||
* if the slicer is using variable widths or layer heights within one print!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option sets the default E:D ratio at startup. Use `M900` to override this value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M900 W0.4 H0.2 D1.75`, where:
|
||||
* - W is the extrusion width in mm
|
||||
* - H is the layer height in mm
|
||||
* - D is the filament diameter in mm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M900 R0.0458` to set the ratio directly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set to 0 to auto-detect the ratio based on given Gcode G1 print moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slic3r (including Průša Control) produces Gcode compatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
* Cura (as of this writing) may produce Gcode incompatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO 0 // The calculated ratio (or 0) according to the formula W * H / ((D / 2) ^ 2 * PI)
|
||||
// Example: 0.4 * 0.2 / ((1.75 / 2) ^ 2 * PI) = 0.033260135
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
// Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area.
|
||||
// Below are the macros that are used to define the borders for the mesh area,
|
||||
// made available here for specialized needs, ie dual extruder setup.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_X (X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_Y (Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_X UBL_MESH_INSET
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_X (X_BED_SIZE - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_Y UBL_MESH_INSET
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_Y (Y_BED_SIZE - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
|
||||
// If this is defined, the currently active mesh will be saved in the
|
||||
// current slot on M500.
|
||||
#define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G2/G3 Arc Support
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
|
||||
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
|
||||
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
|
||||
// Enable PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH if you want G38 to double touch
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimum pulse width (in µs) for stepping a stepper.
|
||||
// Set this if you find stepping unreliable, or if using a very fast CPU.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 // (µs) The smallest stepper pulse allowed
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Transfer Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
|
||||
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
|
||||
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
|
||||
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT // ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
|
||||
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 // Default retract Z-lift
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Advanced Pause
|
||||
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_X_POS 3 // X position of hotend
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_Y_POS 3 // Y position of hotend
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_Z_ADD 10 // Z addition of hotend (lift)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // Initial retract feedrate in mm/s
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // Initial retract in mm
|
||||
// It is a short retract used immediately after print interrupt before move to filament exchange position
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // Unload filament feedrate in mm/s - filament unloading can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // Unload filament length from hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to unload filament from whole bowden tube,
|
||||
// shorter length for printers without bowden to unload filament from extruder only,
|
||||
// 0 to disable unloading for manual unloading
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // Load filament feedrate in mm/s - filament loading into the bowden tube can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // Load filament length over hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to fast load filament into whole bowden tube over the hotend,
|
||||
// Short or zero length for printers without bowden where loading is not used
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_EXTRUDE_FEEDRATE 3 // Extrude filament feedrate in mm/s - must be slower than load feedrate
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_EXTRUDE_LENGTH 50 // Extrude filament length in mm after filament is loaded over the hotend,
|
||||
// 0 to disable for manual extrusion
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the filament exchange menu to fill the hotend,
|
||||
// or until outcoming filament color is not clear for filament color change
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // Turn off nozzle if user doesn't change filament within this time limit in seconds
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NUMBER_OF_ALERT_BEEPS 5 // Number of alert beeps before printer goes quiet
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable to have stepper motors hold position during filament change
|
||||
// even if it takes longer than DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME.
|
||||
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Go to filament change position on pause, return to print position on resume
|
||||
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have TMC26X motor drivers.
|
||||
* You will need to import the TMC26XStepper library into the Arduino IDE for this
|
||||
* (https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper.git)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMCDRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMCDRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E4_IS_TMC
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this for SilentStepStick Trinamic TMC2130 SPI-configurable stepper drivers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library
|
||||
* (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI2130 pins to
|
||||
* the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins
|
||||
* in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
|
||||
// CHOOSE YOUR MOTORS HERE, THIS IS MANDATORY
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E4_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stepper driver settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE 1 // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_CURRENT 1000 // rms current in mA. Multiply by 1.41 for peak current.
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X2_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y2_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z2_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E0_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E1_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E2_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E3_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E4_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
|
||||
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Let Marlin automatically control stepper current.
|
||||
* This is still an experimental feature.
|
||||
* Increase current every 5s by CURRENT_STEP until stepper temperature prewarn gets triggered,
|
||||
* then decrease current by CURRENT_STEP until temperature prewarn is cleared.
|
||||
* Adjusting starts from X/Y/Z/E_CURRENT but will not increase over AUTO_ADJUST_MAX
|
||||
* Relevant g-codes:
|
||||
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
||||
* M906 S1 - Start adjusting current
|
||||
* M906 S0 - Stop adjusting current
|
||||
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
|
||||
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL)
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define AUTO_ADJUST_MAX 1300 // [mA], 1300mA_rms = 1840mA_peak
|
||||
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
||||
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
|
||||
* STEALTHCHOP needs to be enabled.
|
||||
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
|
||||
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 4
|
||||
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 4
|
||||
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use stallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
|
||||
* You need to place a wire from the driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
|
||||
* If used along with STEALTHCHOP, the movement will be louder when homing. This is normal.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* X/Y_HOMING_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
|
||||
* Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
|
||||
* Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
|
||||
* Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
|
||||
* It is advised to set X/Y_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
|
||||
* M914 X/Y to live tune the setting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING)
|
||||
#define X_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 19
|
||||
#define Y_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 19
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC2130_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperX.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC2130_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAVE_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
// @section L6470
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have L6470 motor drivers.
|
||||
* You need to import the L6470 library into the Arduino IDE for this.
|
||||
* (https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HAVE_L6470DRIVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E4_IS_L6470
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
#define X_K_VAL 50 // 0 - 255, Higher values, are higher power. Be careful not to go too high
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E4_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spindle & Laser control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
|
||||
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
|
||||
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
|
||||
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
|
||||
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
|
||||
* where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
|
||||
*
|
||||
* set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
|
||||
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
|
||||
//#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
|
||||
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
|
||||
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for PLA"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for ABS"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed.
|
||||
* Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'.
|
||||
* The host must be configured to handle the action command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff"
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
|
||||
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
|
||||
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
|
||||
* Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reilabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
|
||||
// encoders supported currently.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
|
||||
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
|
||||
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
|
||||
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
|
||||
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE // Type of error error correction.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
|
||||
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
|
||||
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
|
||||
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
|
||||
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
|
||||
// disable abort behaviour.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
|
||||
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
|
||||
// is trusted again.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
|
||||
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
|
||||
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 100 // Minimum time in miliseconds between encoder checks.
|
||||
|
||||
// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Debug LED's using an 8x8 LED Matrix driven by a Max7219 chip. Fully assembled versions are available on
|
||||
* eBay for under $2.00 (including shipping) and only require 3 signal wires.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Check out auctions similar to this: https://www.ebay.com/sch/i.html?_from=R40&_trksid=m570.l1313&_nkw=332349290049&_sacat=0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
|
||||
#define Max7219_clock 64 // 77 on Re-ARM // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display
|
||||
#define Max7219_data_in 57 // 78 on Re-ARM
|
||||
#define Max7219_load 44 // 79 on Re-ARM
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* These are sample debug features that can be turned on and configured for your use.
|
||||
* The developer will need to manage the use of the various LED's in the 8x8 matrix to avoid conflicts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix from idle() routine if firmware is functioning
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_HEAD 3 // Display row position of stepper queue head on this line and the next line of LED matrix
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_TAIL 5 // Display row position of stepper queue tail on this line and the next line of LED matrix
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_STEPPER_QUEUE 0 // Display row position of stepper queue depth on this line and the next line of LED matrix
|
||||
// If you have stuttering on your Delta printer, this option may help you understand how
|
||||
// various tweaks you make to your configuration are affecting the printer.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Slovak
|
||||
* UTF-8 for Graphical Display
|
||||
*
|
||||
* LCD Menu Messages
|
||||
* See also https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Translated by Michal Holeš, Farma MaM
|
||||
* http://www.facebook.com/farmamam
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef LANGUAGE_SK_UTF_H
|
||||
#define LANGUAGE_SK_UTF_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAPPER_NON
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_1
|
||||
|
||||
// TBD
|
||||
//#define MAPPER_C3C4C5_SK
|
||||
//#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_SK
|
||||
|
||||
#define WELCOME_MSG MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" pripravená.")
|
||||
#define MSG_BACK _UxGT("Naspať")
|
||||
#define MSG_SD_INSERTED _UxGT("Karta vložená")
|
||||
#define MSG_SD_REMOVED _UxGT("Karta vybratá")
|
||||
#define MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS _UxGT("Endstopy") // max 8 znakov
|
||||
#define MSG_MAIN _UxGT("Hlavná ponuka")
|
||||
#define MSG_AUTOSTART _UxGT("Autoštart")
|
||||
#define MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS _UxGT("Uvolniť motory")
|
||||
#define MSG_DEBUG_MENU _UxGT("Ponuka ladenia")
|
||||
#define MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST _UxGT("Test uk. priebehu")
|
||||
#define MSG_AUTO_HOME _UxGT("Domovská pozícia")
|
||||
#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_X _UxGT("Domov os X")
|
||||
#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y _UxGT("Domov os Y")
|
||||
#define MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z _UxGT("Domov os Z")
|
||||
#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING _UxGT("Meranie podložky")
|
||||
#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING _UxGT("Kliknutím spusťte")
|
||||
#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT _UxGT("Ďalší bod")
|
||||
#define MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE _UxGT("Meranie hotové!")
|
||||
#define MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT _UxGT("Výška merania")
|
||||
#define MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS _UxGT("Nastaviť offsety")
|
||||
#define MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED _UxGT("Offsety nastavené")
|
||||
#define MSG_SET_ORIGIN _UxGT("Nastaviť začiatok")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT("Zahriať PLA")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_N MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" ")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" všetko")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_END MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" hotend")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" podlož")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_1 _UxGT(" nast")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT("Zahriať ABS")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_N MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" ")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" všetko")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_END MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" hotend")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" podlož")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS MSG_PREHEAT_2 _UxGT(" nast")
|
||||
#define MSG_COOLDOWN _UxGT("Schladiť")
|
||||
#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON _UxGT("Zapnúť napájanie")
|
||||
#define MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF _UxGT("Vypnúť napájanie")
|
||||
#define MSG_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Vytlačiť (extr.)")
|
||||
#define MSG_RETRACT _UxGT("Vytiahnuť (retr.)")
|
||||
#define MSG_MOVE_AXIS _UxGT("Posunúť osy")
|
||||
#define MSG_BED_LEVELING _UxGT("Vyrovnať podložku")
|
||||
#define MSG_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Vyrovnať podložku")
|
||||
#define MSG_EDITING_STOPPED _UxGT("Koniec úprav siete")
|
||||
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 _UxGT("Vykonávam G29")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_UNHOMED _UxGT("Prejdite domov")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_TOOLS _UxGT("UBL nástroje")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH _UxGT("Manuálna sieť bodov")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT _UxGT("Vložte kartu, zmerajte")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 _UxGT("Zmerajte")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE _UxGT("Odstráňte a zmerajte")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT _UxGT("Presun na ďalší")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Aktivovať UBL")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH _UxGT("Deaktivovať UBL")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_SET_BED_TEMP _UxGT("Teplota podložky")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_CUSTOM_BED_TEMP MSG_UBL_SET_BED_TEMP
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_SET_HOTEND_TEMP _UxGT("Teplota hotendu")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_CUSTOM_HOTEND_TEMP MSG_UBL_SET_HOTEND_TEMP
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Upraviť vlastnú sieť")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH _UxGT("Doladiť sieť bodov")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH _UxGT("Koniec úprav siete")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Vlastná sieť")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Vytvoriť sieť")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_PLA_MESH _UxGT("Sieť bodov PLA")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_ABS_MESH _UxGT("Sieť bodov ABS")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH _UxGT("Studená sieť bodov")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST _UxGT("Upraviť výšku siete")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT _UxGT("Výška")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Skontrolovať sieť")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_PLA_MESH _UxGT("Kontrola siete PLA")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_ABS_MESH _UxGT("Kontrola siete ABS")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH _UxGT("Kontrola vlast. siete")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH _UxGT("Pokračovať v sieti")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Sieťové rovnanie")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("3-bodove rovnanie")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Mriežkové rovnanie")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL _UxGT("Vyrovnať podložku")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS _UxGT("Postranné body")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE _UxGT("Typ siete bodov")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP _UxGT("Exportovať sieť")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST _UxGT("Exportovať do PC")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV _UxGT("Exportovať do CSV")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP _UxGT("Záloha do PC")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL _UxGT("Info o UBL do PC")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_EDIT_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Upraviť sieť bodov")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT _UxGT("Hustota mriežky")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN _UxGT("Ručná hustota")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN _UxGT("Smart hustota")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH _UxGT("Zaplniť mriežku")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL _UxGT("Zrušiť všetko")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Zrušiť posledný")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL _UxGT("Upraviť všetky")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST _UxGT("Upraviť posledný")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU _UxGT("Uložisko sietí")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT _UxGT("Pamaťový slot")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH _UxGT("Načítať sieť bodov")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH _UxGT("Uložiť sieť bodov")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR _UxGT("Err: Uložiť UBL")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR _UxGT("Err: Obnoviť UBL")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED _UxGT("Koniec Z-Offsetu")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU _UxGT("UBL Postupne")
|
||||
|
||||
#define MSG_USER_MENU _UxGT("Vlastné príkazy")
|
||||
#define MSG_MOVING _UxGT("Posun...")
|
||||
#define MSG_FREE_XY _UxGT("Uvolniť XY")
|
||||
#define MSG_MOVE_X _UxGT("Posunúť X")
|
||||
#define MSG_MOVE_Y _UxGT("Posunúť Y")
|
||||
#define MSG_MOVE_Z _UxGT("Posunúť Z")
|
||||
#define MSG_MOVE_E _UxGT("Extrúder")
|
||||
#define MSG_MOVE_01MM _UxGT("Posunúť o 0,1mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_MOVE_1MM _UxGT("Posunúť o 1mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_MOVE_10MM _UxGT("Posunúť o 10mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_SPEED _UxGT("Rýchlosť")
|
||||
#define MSG_BED_Z _UxGT("Výška podl.")
|
||||
#define MSG_NOZZLE _UxGT("Tryska")
|
||||
#define MSG_BED _UxGT("Podložka")
|
||||
#define MSG_FAN_SPEED _UxGT("Rýchlosť vent.")
|
||||
#define MSG_FLOW _UxGT("Prietok")
|
||||
#define MSG_CONTROL _UxGT("Ovládanie")
|
||||
#define MSG_MIN _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min")
|
||||
#define MSG_MAX _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max")
|
||||
#define MSG_FACTOR _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fakt")
|
||||
#define MSG_AUTOTEMP _UxGT("Autoteplota")
|
||||
#define MSG_ON _UxGT("Zap")
|
||||
#define MSG_OFF _UxGT("Vyp")
|
||||
#define MSG_PID_P _UxGT("PID-P")
|
||||
#define MSG_PID_I _UxGT("PID-I")
|
||||
#define MSG_PID_D _UxGT("PID-D")
|
||||
#define MSG_PID_C _UxGT("PID-C")
|
||||
#define MSG_SELECT _UxGT("Vybrať")
|
||||
#define MSG_ACC _UxGT("Zrýchl")
|
||||
#define MSG_JERK _UxGT("Skok")
|
||||
#define MSG_VX_JERK _UxGT("Vx-skok")
|
||||
#define MSG_VY_JERK _UxGT("Vy-skok")
|
||||
#define MSG_VZ_JERK _UxGT("Vz-skok")
|
||||
#define MSG_VE_JERK _UxGT("Ve-skok")
|
||||
#define MSG_VELOCITY _UxGT("Rýchlosť")
|
||||
#define MSG_VMAX _UxGT("Vmax ")
|
||||
#define MSG_VMIN _UxGT("Vmin")
|
||||
#define MSG_VTRAV_MIN _UxGT("VTrav min")
|
||||
#define MSG_ACCELERATION _UxGT("Akcelerácia")
|
||||
#define MSG_AMAX _UxGT("Amax ")
|
||||
#define MSG_A_RETRACT _UxGT("A-retrakt")
|
||||
#define MSG_A_TRAVEL _UxGT("A-prejazd")
|
||||
#define MSG_STEPS_PER_MM _UxGT("Krokov/mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_XSTEPS _UxGT("Xkrokov/mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_YSTEPS _UxGT("Ykrokov/mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_ZSTEPS _UxGT("Zkrokov/mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_ESTEPS _UxGT("Ekrokov/mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_E1STEPS _UxGT("E1krokov/mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_E2STEPS _UxGT("E2krokov/mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_E3STEPS _UxGT("E3krokov/mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_E4STEPS _UxGT("E4krokov/mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_E5STEPS _UxGT("E5kroků/mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_TEMPERATURE _UxGT("Teplota")
|
||||
#define MSG_MOTION _UxGT("Pohyb")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT _UxGT("Filament")
|
||||
#define MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED _UxGT("E na mm3")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM _UxGT("Fil. Priem.")
|
||||
#define MSG_ADVANCE_K _UxGT("K pro posun")
|
||||
#define MSG_CONTRAST _UxGT("Kontrast LCD")
|
||||
#define MSG_STORE_EEPROM _UxGT("Uložiť nastavenie")
|
||||
#define MSG_LOAD_EEPROM _UxGT("Načítať nastaveníe")
|
||||
#define MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE _UxGT("Obnoviť nastavenie")
|
||||
#define MSG_INIT_EEPROM _UxGT("Inic. EEPROM")
|
||||
#define MSG_REFRESH _UxGT("Obnoviť")
|
||||
#define MSG_WATCH _UxGT("Info obrazovka")
|
||||
#define MSG_PREPARE _UxGT("Príprava tlače")
|
||||
#define MSG_TUNE _UxGT("Doladenie tlače")
|
||||
#define MSG_PAUSE_PRINT _UxGT("Pozastaviť tlač")
|
||||
#define MSG_RESUME_PRINT _UxGT("Obnoviť tlač")
|
||||
#define MSG_STOP_PRINT _UxGT("Zastaviť tlač")
|
||||
#define MSG_CARD_MENU _UxGT("Tlačiť z SD")
|
||||
#define MSG_NO_CARD _UxGT("Žiadna SD karta")
|
||||
#define MSG_DWELL _UxGT("Spím...")
|
||||
#define MSG_USERWAIT _UxGT("Čakám...")
|
||||
#define MSG_PRINT_PAUSED _UxGT("Tlač pozastavená")
|
||||
#define MSG_RESUMING _UxGT("Obnovovanie tlače")
|
||||
#define MSG_PRINT_ABORTED _UxGT("Tlač zrušená")
|
||||
#define MSG_NO_MOVE _UxGT("Žiadny pohyb.")
|
||||
#define MSG_KILLED _UxGT("PRERUŠENÉ. ")
|
||||
#define MSG_STOPPED _UxGT("ZASTAVENÉ. ")
|
||||
#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT _UxGT("Retrakt mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP _UxGT("Výmena Re.mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF _UxGT("Retraktovať V")
|
||||
#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZLIFT _UxGT("Zdvih Z mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER _UxGT("UnRet mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP _UxGT("S UnRet mm")
|
||||
#define MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF _UxGT("UnRet V")
|
||||
#define MSG_AUTORETRACT _UxGT("AutoRetr.")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE _UxGT("Vymeniť filament")
|
||||
#define MSG_INIT_SDCARD _UxGT("Načítať SD kartu")
|
||||
#define MSG_CNG_SDCARD _UxGT("Vymeniť SD kartu")
|
||||
#define MSG_ZPROBE_OUT _UxGT("Sonda Z mimo podl")
|
||||
#define MSG_BLTOUCH _UxGT("BLTouch")
|
||||
#define MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST _UxGT("BLTouch Self-Test")
|
||||
#define MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET _UxGT("BLTouch Reset")
|
||||
#define MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY _UxGT("BLTouch Vysunúť")
|
||||
#define MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW _UxGT("BLTouch Zasunúť")
|
||||
#define MSG_HOME _UxGT("Najprv") // Used as MSG_HOME " " MSG_X MSG_Y MSG_Z " " MSG_FIRST
|
||||
#define MSG_FIRST _UxGT("domov")
|
||||
#define MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET _UxGT("Z offset")
|
||||
#define MSG_BABYSTEP_X _UxGT("Babystep X")
|
||||
#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Y _UxGT("Babystep Y")
|
||||
#define MSG_BABYSTEP_Z _UxGT("Babystep Z")
|
||||
#define MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT _UxGT("Endstop zastavil")
|
||||
#define MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD _UxGT("Chyba ohrevu")
|
||||
#define MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP _UxGT("REDUND. TEPLOTA")
|
||||
#define MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY _UxGT("TEPLOTNÝ SKOK")
|
||||
#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP _UxGT("VYSOKÁ TEPLOTA")
|
||||
#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP _UxGT("NÍZKA TEPLOTA")
|
||||
#define MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED _UxGT("VYS. TEPL. PODL.")
|
||||
#define MSG_ERR_MINTEMP_BED _UxGT("NÍZ. TEPL. PODL.")
|
||||
#define MSG_ERR_Z_HOMING _UxGT("G28 Z ZAKÁZANÉ")
|
||||
#define MSG_HALTED _UxGT("TLAČ. ZASTAVENÁ")
|
||||
#define MSG_PLEASE_RESET _UxGT("Spravte reset")
|
||||
#define MSG_SHORT_DAY _UxGT("d")
|
||||
#define MSG_SHORT_HOUR _UxGT("h")
|
||||
#define MSG_SHORT_MINUTE _UxGT("m")
|
||||
#define MSG_HEATING _UxGT("Ohrev...")
|
||||
#define MSG_HEATING_COMPLETE _UxGT("Ohrev prebehol.")
|
||||
#define MSG_BED_HEATING _UxGT("Ohrev podl.")
|
||||
#define MSG_BED_DONE _UxGT("Podložka hotová.")
|
||||
#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Delta Kalibrácia")
|
||||
#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X _UxGT("Kalibrovať X")
|
||||
#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y _UxGT("Kalibrovať Y")
|
||||
#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Z _UxGT("Kalibrovať Z")
|
||||
#define MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_CENTER _UxGT("Kalibrovať Stred")
|
||||
#define MSG_DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Autokalibrácia")
|
||||
#define MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT_CALIBRATE _UxGT("Nast.výšku delty")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_MENU _UxGT("O tlačiarni")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU _UxGT("Info o tlačiarni")
|
||||
#define MSG_3POINT_LEVELING _UxGT("3-bodové rovnanie")
|
||||
#define MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Lineárne rovnanie")
|
||||
#define MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING _UxGT("Bilineárne rovnanie")
|
||||
#define MSG_UBL_LEVELING _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling")
|
||||
#define MSG_MESH_LEVELING _UxGT("Mriežkové rovnanie")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU _UxGT("Štatistika")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU _UxGT("Info o doske")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU _UxGT("Termistory")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS _UxGT("Extrudéry")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE _UxGT("Rýchlosť")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL _UxGT("Protokol")
|
||||
#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT _UxGT("Osvetlenie")
|
||||
#define MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS _UxGT("Jas svetla")
|
||||
|
||||
#if LCD_WIDTH >= 20
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Počet tlačí")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Dokončené")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Celkový čas")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Najdlhšia tlač")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Celkom vytlačené")
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT _UxGT("Tlače")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS _UxGT("Hotovo")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_TIME _UxGT("Čas")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST _UxGT("Najdlhšia")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT _UxGT("Vytlačené")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP _UxGT("Teplota min")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP _UxGT("Teplota max")
|
||||
#define MSG_INFO_PSU _UxGT("Nap. zdroj")
|
||||
#define MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH _UxGT("Budenie motorov")
|
||||
#define MSG_DAC_PERCENT _UxGT("Motor %")
|
||||
#define MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE _UxGT("Uložiť do EEPROM")
|
||||
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER _UxGT("PAUZA TLAČE")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER _UxGT("MOŽN. POKRAČ.:")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_EXTRUDE _UxGT("Ešte vytlačiť")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME _UxGT("Obnoviť tlač")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_MINTEMP _UxGT("Min. teplota je ")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE _UxGT(" Tryska: ")
|
||||
|
||||
#if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4
|
||||
// Up to 3 lines allowed
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Čakajte prosím")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_2 _UxGT("na spustenie")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_3 _UxGT("výmeny filamentu")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Čakejte prosím")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_2 _UxGT("na vysunutie")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_3 _UxGT("filamentu")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Vložte filament")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_2 _UxGT("a stlačte")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_3 _UxGT("tlačidlo...")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_1 _UxGT("Kliknite pre")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEAT_2 _UxGT("ohrev trysky")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Čakajte prosím")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_2 _UxGT("na teplotu tr.")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Čakajte prosím")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_2 _UxGT("na zavedenie")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_3 _UxGT("filamentu")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_1 _UxGT("Čakajte prosím")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_2 _UxGT("na vytlačenie")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_3 _UxGT("filamentu")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Čakajte prosím")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_2 _UxGT("na pokračovanie")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_3 _UxGT("tlače")
|
||||
#else // LCD_HEIGHT < 4
|
||||
// Up to 2 lines allowed
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INIT_1 _UxGT("Čakajte...")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_1 _UxGT("Vysúvanie...")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_1 _UxGT("Vložte, kliknite")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEATING_1 _UxGT("Ohrev...")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_1 _UxGT("Zavádzanie...")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_1 _UxGT("Vytlačovanie...")
|
||||
#define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_1 _UxGT("Pokračovanie...")
|
||||
#endif // LCD_HEIGHT < 4
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // LANGUAGE_SK_UTF_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Geeetech GT2560 Revision A board pin assignments, based on the work of
|
||||
* George Robles (https://georges3dprinters.com) and
|
||||
* Richard Smith <galorin@gmail.com>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) && !defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__)
|
||||
#error "Oops! Make sure you have 'Arduino Mega' selected from the 'Tools -> Boards' menu."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define BOARD_NAME "GT2560 Rev.A"
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "Prusa i3 Pro B"
|
||||
#define LARGE_FLASH true
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Limit Switches
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define X_MIN_PIN 22
|
||||
#define X_MAX_PIN 24
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_PIN 26
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_PIN 28
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PIN 30
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_PIN 32
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Steppers
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define X_STEP_PIN 25
|
||||
#define X_DIR_PIN 23
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_PIN 27
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_STEP_PIN 31
|
||||
#define Y_DIR_PIN 33
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 29
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_STEP_PIN 37
|
||||
#define Z_DIR_PIN 39
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 35
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_STEP_PIN 43
|
||||
#define E0_DIR_PIN 45
|
||||
#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 41
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_STEP_PIN 49
|
||||
#define E1_DIR_PIN 47
|
||||
#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Temperature Sensors
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define TEMP_0_PIN 8
|
||||
#define TEMP_1_PIN 9
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_PIN 10
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Heaters / Fans
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_PIN 2
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_PIN 3
|
||||
#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4
|
||||
#define FAN_PIN 7
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Misc. Functions
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define SDPOWER -1
|
||||
#define SDSS 53
|
||||
#define LED_PIN 13
|
||||
#define PS_ON_PIN 12
|
||||
#define SUICIDE_PIN 54 // Must be enabled at startup to keep power flowing
|
||||
#define KILL_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD)
|
||||
|
||||
#define BEEPER_PIN 18
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NEWPANEL)
|
||||
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_RS 20
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_D4 16
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_D5 21
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_D6 5
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_D7 6
|
||||
|
||||
// Buttons are directly attached
|
||||
#define BTN_EN1 42
|
||||
#define BTN_EN2 40
|
||||
#define BTN_ENC 19
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_PIN 38
|
||||
|
||||
#else // !NEWPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
#define SHIFT_CLK 38
|
||||
#define SHIFT_LD 42
|
||||
#define SHIFT_OUT 40
|
||||
#define SHIFT_EN 17
|
||||
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_RS 16
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 5
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_D4 6
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_D5 21
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_D6 20
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_D7 19
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // !NEWPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // ULTRA_LCD
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Geeetech GT2560 Revision A+ board pin assignments
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pins_GT2560_REV_A.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#undef BOARD_NAME
|
||||
#define BOARD_NAME "GT2560 Rev.A+"
|
||||
|
||||
#define SERVO0_PIN 11
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Melzi (Creality) pin assignments
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The Creality board needs a bootloader installed before Marlin can be uploaded.
|
||||
* If you don't have a chip programmer you can use a spare Arduino plus a few
|
||||
* electronic components to write the bootloader.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://www.instructables.com/id/Burn-Arduino-Bootloader-with-Arduino-MEGA/
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define BOARD_NAME "Melzi (Creality)"
|
||||
#define IS_MELZI
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pins_SANGUINOLOLU_12.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// For the stock CR-10 use the REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
// option for the display in Configuration.h
|
||||
|
||||
#undef LCD_SDSS
|
||||
#undef LED_PIN
|
||||
#undef LCD_PINS_RS
|
||||
#undef LCD_PINS_ENABLE
|
||||
#undef LCD_PINS_D4
|
||||
#undef LCD_PINS_D5
|
||||
#undef LCD_PINS_D6
|
||||
#undef LCD_PINS_D7
|
||||
#undef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
#define LCD_SDSS 31 // Smart Controller SD card reader (rather than the Melzi)
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_RS 28 // st9720 CS
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 // st9720 DAT
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_D4 30 // st9720 CLK
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_D5 -1
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_D6 -1
|
||||
#define LCD_PINS_D7 -1
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN -1 // Uses Beeper/LED Pin Pulled to GND
|
||||
|
||||
// Alter timing for graphical display
|
||||
#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_2_NOP
|
||||
#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_2_NOP
|
||||
#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_2_NOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
PIN: 0 Port: B0 E0_DIR_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 1 Port: B1 E0_STEP_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 2 Port: B2 Z_DIR_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 3 Port: B3 Z_STEP_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 4 Port: B4 AVR_SS_PIN protected
|
||||
. FAN_PIN protected
|
||||
. SS_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 5 Port: B5 AVR_MOSI_PIN Output = 1
|
||||
. MOSI_PIN Output = 1
|
||||
PIN: 6 Port: B6 AVR_MISO_PIN Input = 0 TIMER3A PWM: 0 WGM: 1 COM3A: 0 CS: 3 TCCR3A: 1 TCCR3B: 3 TIMSK3: 0
|
||||
. MISO_PIN Input = 0
|
||||
PIN: 7 Port: B7 AVR_SCK_PIN Output = 0 TIMER3B PWM: 0 WGM: 1 COM3B: 0 CS: 3 TCCR3A: 1 TCCR3B: 3 TIMSK3: 0
|
||||
. SCK_PIN Output = 0
|
||||
PIN: 8 Port: D0 RXD Input = 1
|
||||
PIN: 9 Port: D1 TXD Input = 0
|
||||
PIN: 10 Port: D2 BTN_EN2 Input = 1
|
||||
PIN: 11 Port: D3 BTN_EN1 Input = 1
|
||||
PIN: 12 Port: D4 HEATER_BED_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 13 Port: D5 HEATER_0_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 14 Port: D6 E0_ENABLE_PIN protected
|
||||
. X_ENABLE_PIN protected
|
||||
. Y_ENABLE_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 15 Port: D7 X_STEP_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 16 Port: C0 BTN_ENC Input = 1
|
||||
. SCL Input = 1
|
||||
PIN: 17 Port: C1 LCD_PINS_ENABLE Output = 0
|
||||
. SDA Output = 0
|
||||
PIN: 18 Port: C2 X_MIN_PIN protected
|
||||
. X_STOP_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 19 Port: C3 Y_MIN_PIN protected
|
||||
. Y_STOP_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 20 Port: C4 Z_MIN_PIN protected
|
||||
. Z_STOP_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 21 Port: C5 X_DIR_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 22 Port: C6 Y_STEP_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 23 Port: C7 Y_DIR_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 24 Port: A7 TEMP_0_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 25 Port: A6 TEMP_BED_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 26 Port: A5 Z_ENABLE_PIN protected
|
||||
PIN: 27 Port: A4 BEEPER_PIN Output = 0
|
||||
PIN: 28 Port: A3 LCD_PINS_RS Output = 0
|
||||
PIN: 29 Port: A2 <unused/unknown> Input = 0
|
||||
PIN: 30 Port: A1 LCD_PINS_D4 Output = 1
|
||||
PIN: 31 Port: A0 SDSS Output = 1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@ -1,1591 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "qr_solve.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//# include "r8lib.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int i4_min(int i1, int i2)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
I4_MIN returns the smaller of two I4's.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
29 August 2006
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int I1, I2, two integers to be compared.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, int I4_MIN, the smaller of I1 and I2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (i1 < i2) ? i1 : i2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float r8_epsilon(void)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
R8_EPSILON returns the R8 round off unit.
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion:
|
||||
|
||||
R8_EPSILON is a number R which is a power of 2 with the property that,
|
||||
to the precision of the computer's arithmetic,
|
||||
1 < 1 + R
|
||||
but
|
||||
1 = ( 1 + R / 2 )
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
01 September 2012
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float R8_EPSILON, the R8 round-off unit.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float value = 2.220446049250313E-016;
|
||||
return value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float r8_max(float x, float y)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
R8_MAX returns the maximum of two R8's.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
07 May 2006
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float X, Y, the quantities to compare.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float R8_MAX, the maximum of X and Y.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (y < x) ? x : y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float r8_abs(float x)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
R8_ABS returns the absolute value of an R8.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
07 May 2006
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float X, the quantity whose absolute value is desired.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float R8_ABS, the absolute value of X.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (x < 0.0) ? -x : x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float r8_sign(float x)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
R8_SIGN returns the sign of an R8.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
08 May 2006
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float X, the number whose sign is desired.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float R8_SIGN, the sign of X.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : 1.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float r8mat_amax(int m, int n, float a[])
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
R8MAT_AMAX returns the maximum absolute value entry of an R8MAT.
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion:
|
||||
|
||||
An R8MAT is a doubly dimensioned array of R8 values, stored as a vector
|
||||
in column-major order.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
07 September 2012
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int M, the number of rows in A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int N, the number of columns in A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float A[M*N], the M by N matrix.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float R8MAT_AMAX, the maximum absolute value entry of A.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
float value = r8_abs(a[0 + 0 * m]);
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < n; j++) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < m; i++) {
|
||||
NOLESS(value, r8_abs(a[i + j * m]));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void r8mat_copy(float a2[], int m, int n, float a1[])
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
R8MAT_COPY_NEW copies one R8MAT to a "new" R8MAT.
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion:
|
||||
|
||||
An R8MAT is a doubly dimensioned array of R8 values, stored as a vector
|
||||
in column-major order.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
26 July 2008
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float A1[M*N], the matrix to be copied.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float R8MAT_COPY_NEW[M*N], the copy of A1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < n; j++) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < m; i++)
|
||||
a2[i + j * m] = a1[i + j * m];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
void daxpy(int n, float da, float dx[], int incx, float dy[], int incy)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
DAXPY computes constant times a vector plus a vector.
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion:
|
||||
|
||||
This routine uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
30 March 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
C version by John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Reference:
|
||||
|
||||
Jack Dongarra, Cleve Moler, Jim Bunch, Pete Stewart,
|
||||
LINPACK User's Guide,
|
||||
SIAM, 1979.
|
||||
|
||||
Charles Lawson, Richard Hanson, David Kincaid, Fred Krogh,
|
||||
Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms for Fortran Usage,
|
||||
Algorithm 539,
|
||||
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software,
|
||||
Volume 5, Number 3, September 1979, pages 308-323.
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int N, the number of elements in DX and DY.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float DA, the multiplier of DX.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float DX[*], the first vector.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int INCX, the increment between successive entries of DX.
|
||||
|
||||
Input/output, float DY[*], the second vector.
|
||||
On output, DY[*] has been replaced by DY[*] + DA * DX[*].
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int INCY, the increment between successive entries of DY.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (n <= 0 || da == 0.0) return;
|
||||
|
||||
int i, ix, iy, m;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Code for unequal increments or equal increments
|
||||
not equal to 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (incx != 1 || incy != 1) {
|
||||
if (0 <= incx)
|
||||
ix = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
ix = (- n + 1) * incx;
|
||||
if (0 <= incy)
|
||||
iy = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
iy = (- n + 1) * incy;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
|
||||
dy[iy] = dy[iy] + da * dx[ix];
|
||||
ix = ix + incx;
|
||||
iy = iy + incy;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Code for both increments equal to 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
else {
|
||||
m = n % 4;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < m; i++)
|
||||
dy[i] = dy[i] + da * dx[i];
|
||||
for (i = m; i < n; i = i + 4) {
|
||||
dy[i ] = dy[i ] + da * dx[i ];
|
||||
dy[i + 1] = dy[i + 1] + da * dx[i + 1];
|
||||
dy[i + 2] = dy[i + 2] + da * dx[i + 2];
|
||||
dy[i + 3] = dy[i + 3] + da * dx[i + 3];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
float ddot(int n, float dx[], int incx, float dy[], int incy)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
DDOT forms the dot product of two vectors.
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion:
|
||||
|
||||
This routine uses unrolled loops for increments equal to one.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
30 March 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
C version by John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Reference:
|
||||
|
||||
Jack Dongarra, Cleve Moler, Jim Bunch, Pete Stewart,
|
||||
LINPACK User's Guide,
|
||||
SIAM, 1979.
|
||||
|
||||
Charles Lawson, Richard Hanson, David Kincaid, Fred Krogh,
|
||||
Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms for Fortran Usage,
|
||||
Algorithm 539,
|
||||
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software,
|
||||
Volume 5, Number 3, September 1979, pages 308-323.
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int N, the number of entries in the vectors.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float DX[*], the first vector.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int INCX, the increment between successive entries in DX.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float DY[*], the second vector.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int INCY, the increment between successive entries in DY.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float DDOT, the sum of the product of the corresponding
|
||||
entries of DX and DY.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if (n <= 0) return 0.0;
|
||||
|
||||
int i, m;
|
||||
float dtemp = 0.0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Code for unequal increments or equal increments
|
||||
not equal to 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (incx != 1 || incy != 1) {
|
||||
int ix = (incx >= 0) ? 0 : (-n + 1) * incx,
|
||||
iy = (incy >= 0) ? 0 : (-n + 1) * incy;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
|
||||
dtemp += dx[ix] * dy[iy];
|
||||
ix = ix + incx;
|
||||
iy = iy + incy;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Code for both increments equal to 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
else {
|
||||
m = n % 5;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < m; i++)
|
||||
dtemp += dx[i] * dy[i];
|
||||
for (i = m; i < n; i = i + 5) {
|
||||
dtemp += dx[i] * dy[i]
|
||||
+ dx[i + 1] * dy[i + 1]
|
||||
+ dx[i + 2] * dy[i + 2]
|
||||
+ dx[i + 3] * dy[i + 3]
|
||||
+ dx[i + 4] * dy[i + 4];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return dtemp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
float dnrm2(int n, float x[], int incx)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
DNRM2 returns the euclidean norm of a vector.
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion:
|
||||
|
||||
DNRM2 ( X ) = sqrt ( X' * X )
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
30 March 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
C version by John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Reference:
|
||||
|
||||
Jack Dongarra, Cleve Moler, Jim Bunch, Pete Stewart,
|
||||
LINPACK User's Guide,
|
||||
SIAM, 1979.
|
||||
|
||||
Charles Lawson, Richard Hanson, David Kincaid, Fred Krogh,
|
||||
Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms for Fortran Usage,
|
||||
Algorithm 539,
|
||||
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software,
|
||||
Volume 5, Number 3, September 1979, pages 308-323.
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float X[*], the vector whose norm is to be computed.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int INCX, the increment between successive entries of X.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float DNRM2, the Euclidean norm of X.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
float norm;
|
||||
if (n < 1 || incx < 1)
|
||||
norm = 0.0;
|
||||
else if (n == 1)
|
||||
norm = r8_abs(x[0]);
|
||||
else {
|
||||
float scale = 0.0, ssq = 1.0;
|
||||
int ix = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
|
||||
if (x[ix] != 0.0) {
|
||||
float absxi = r8_abs(x[ix]);
|
||||
if (scale < absxi) {
|
||||
ssq = 1.0 + ssq * (scale / absxi) * (scale / absxi);
|
||||
scale = absxi;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
ssq = ssq + (absxi / scale) * (absxi / scale);
|
||||
}
|
||||
ix += incx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
norm = scale * SQRT(ssq);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return norm;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
void dqrank(float a[], int lda, int m, int n, float tol, int* kr,
|
||||
int jpvt[], float qraux[])
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
DQRANK computes the QR factorization of a rectangular matrix.
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion:
|
||||
|
||||
This routine is used in conjunction with DQRLSS to solve
|
||||
overdetermined, underdetermined and singular linear systems
|
||||
in a least squares sense.
|
||||
|
||||
DQRANK uses the LINPACK subroutine DQRDC to compute the QR
|
||||
factorization, with column pivoting, of an M by N matrix A.
|
||||
The numerical rank is determined using the tolerance TOL.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that on output, ABS ( A(1,1) ) / ABS ( A(KR,KR) ) is an estimate
|
||||
of the condition number of the matrix of independent columns,
|
||||
and of R. This estimate will be <= 1/TOL.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
21 April 2012
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
C version by John Burkardt.
|
||||
|
||||
Reference:
|
||||
|
||||
Jack Dongarra, Cleve Moler, Jim Bunch, Pete Stewart,
|
||||
LINPACK User's Guide,
|
||||
SIAM, 1979,
|
||||
ISBN13: 978-0-898711-72-1,
|
||||
LC: QA214.L56.
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input/output, float A[LDA*N]. On input, the matrix whose
|
||||
decomposition is to be computed. On output, the information from DQRDC.
|
||||
The triangular matrix R of the QR factorization is contained in the
|
||||
upper triangle and information needed to recover the orthogonal
|
||||
matrix Q is stored below the diagonal in A and in the vector QRAUX.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int LDA, the leading dimension of A, which must
|
||||
be at least M.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int M, the number of rows of A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int N, the number of columns of A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float TOL, a relative tolerance used to determine the
|
||||
numerical rank. The problem should be scaled so that all the elements
|
||||
of A have roughly the same absolute accuracy, EPS. Then a reasonable
|
||||
value for TOL is roughly EPS divided by the magnitude of the largest
|
||||
element.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, int *KR, the numerical rank.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, int JPVT[N], the pivot information from DQRDC.
|
||||
Columns JPVT(1), ..., JPVT(KR) of the original matrix are linearly
|
||||
independent to within the tolerance TOL and the remaining columns
|
||||
are linearly dependent.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float QRAUX[N], will contain extra information defining
|
||||
the QR factorization.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
float work[n];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
jpvt[i] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
int job = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
dqrdc(a, lda, m, n, qraux, jpvt, work, job);
|
||||
|
||||
*kr = 0;
|
||||
int k = i4_min(m, n);
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < k; j++) {
|
||||
if (r8_abs(a[j + j * lda]) <= tol * r8_abs(a[0 + 0 * lda]))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
*kr = j + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
void dqrdc(float a[], int lda, int n, int p, float qraux[], int jpvt[],
|
||||
float work[], int job)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
DQRDC computes the QR factorization of a real rectangular matrix.
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion:
|
||||
|
||||
DQRDC uses Householder transformations.
|
||||
|
||||
Column pivoting based on the 2-norms of the reduced columns may be
|
||||
performed at the user's option.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
07 June 2005
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
C version by John Burkardt.
|
||||
|
||||
Reference:
|
||||
|
||||
Jack Dongarra, Cleve Moler, Jim Bunch and Pete Stewart,
|
||||
LINPACK User's Guide,
|
||||
SIAM, (Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics),
|
||||
3600 University City Science Center,
|
||||
Philadelphia, PA, 19104-2688.
|
||||
ISBN 0-89871-172-X
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input/output, float A(LDA,P). On input, the N by P matrix
|
||||
whose decomposition is to be computed. On output, A contains in
|
||||
its upper triangle the upper triangular matrix R of the QR
|
||||
factorization. Below its diagonal A contains information from
|
||||
which the orthogonal part of the decomposition can be recovered.
|
||||
Note that if pivoting has been requested, the decomposition is not that
|
||||
of the original matrix A but that of A with its columns permuted
|
||||
as described by JPVT.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int LDA, the leading dimension of the array A. LDA must
|
||||
be at least N.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int N, the number of rows of the matrix A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int P, the number of columns of the matrix A.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float QRAUX[P], contains further information required
|
||||
to recover the orthogonal part of the decomposition.
|
||||
|
||||
Input/output, integer JPVT[P]. On input, JPVT contains integers that
|
||||
control the selection of the pivot columns. The K-th column A(*,K) of A
|
||||
is placed in one of three classes according to the value of JPVT(K).
|
||||
> 0, then A(K) is an initial column.
|
||||
= 0, then A(K) is a free column.
|
||||
< 0, then A(K) is a final column.
|
||||
Before the decomposition is computed, initial columns are moved to
|
||||
the beginning of the array A and final columns to the end. Both
|
||||
initial and final columns are frozen in place during the computation
|
||||
and only free columns are moved. At the K-th stage of the
|
||||
reduction, if A(*,K) is occupied by a free column it is interchanged
|
||||
with the free column of largest reduced norm. JPVT is not referenced
|
||||
if JOB == 0. On output, JPVT(K) contains the index of the column of the
|
||||
original matrix that has been interchanged into the K-th column, if
|
||||
pivoting was requested.
|
||||
|
||||
Workspace, float WORK[P]. WORK is not referenced if JOB == 0.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int JOB, initiates column pivoting.
|
||||
0, no pivoting is done.
|
||||
nonzero, pivoting is done.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
int jp;
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
int lup;
|
||||
int maxj;
|
||||
float maxnrm, nrmxl, t, tt;
|
||||
|
||||
int pl = 1, pu = 0;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
If pivoting is requested, rearrange the columns.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (job != 0) {
|
||||
for (j = 1; j <= p; j++) {
|
||||
int swapj = (0 < jpvt[j - 1]);
|
||||
jpvt[j - 1] = (jpvt[j - 1] < 0) ? -j : j;
|
||||
if (swapj) {
|
||||
if (j != pl)
|
||||
dswap(n, a + 0 + (pl - 1)*lda, 1, a + 0 + (j - 1), 1);
|
||||
jpvt[j - 1] = jpvt[pl - 1];
|
||||
jpvt[pl - 1] = j;
|
||||
pl++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
pu = p;
|
||||
for (j = p; 1 <= j; j--) {
|
||||
if (jpvt[j - 1] < 0) {
|
||||
jpvt[j - 1] = -jpvt[j - 1];
|
||||
if (j != pu) {
|
||||
dswap(n, a + 0 + (pu - 1)*lda, 1, a + 0 + (j - 1)*lda, 1);
|
||||
jp = jpvt[pu - 1];
|
||||
jpvt[pu - 1] = jpvt[j - 1];
|
||||
jpvt[j - 1] = jp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pu = pu - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Compute the norms of the free columns.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
for (j = pl; j <= pu; j++)
|
||||
qraux[j - 1] = dnrm2(n, a + 0 + (j - 1) * lda, 1);
|
||||
for (j = pl; j <= pu; j++)
|
||||
work[j - 1] = qraux[j - 1];
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Perform the Householder reduction of A.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
lup = i4_min(n, p);
|
||||
for (int l = 1; l <= lup; l++) {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Bring the column of largest norm into the pivot position.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (pl <= l && l < pu) {
|
||||
maxnrm = 0.0;
|
||||
maxj = l;
|
||||
for (j = l; j <= pu; j++) {
|
||||
if (maxnrm < qraux[j - 1]) {
|
||||
maxnrm = qraux[j - 1];
|
||||
maxj = j;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (maxj != l) {
|
||||
dswap(n, a + 0 + (l - 1)*lda, 1, a + 0 + (maxj - 1)*lda, 1);
|
||||
qraux[maxj - 1] = qraux[l - 1];
|
||||
work[maxj - 1] = work[l - 1];
|
||||
jp = jpvt[maxj - 1];
|
||||
jpvt[maxj - 1] = jpvt[l - 1];
|
||||
jpvt[l - 1] = jp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Compute the Householder transformation for column L.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
qraux[l - 1] = 0.0;
|
||||
if (l != n) {
|
||||
nrmxl = dnrm2(n - l + 1, a + l - 1 + (l - 1) * lda, 1);
|
||||
if (nrmxl != 0.0) {
|
||||
if (a[l - 1 + (l - 1)*lda] != 0.0)
|
||||
nrmxl = nrmxl * r8_sign(a[l - 1 + (l - 1) * lda]);
|
||||
dscal(n - l + 1, 1.0 / nrmxl, a + l - 1 + (l - 1)*lda, 1);
|
||||
a[l - 1 + (l - 1)*lda] = 1.0 + a[l - 1 + (l - 1) * lda];
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Apply the transformation to the remaining columns, updating the norms.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
for (j = l + 1; j <= p; j++) {
|
||||
t = -ddot(n - l + 1, a + l - 1 + (l - 1) * lda, 1, a + l - 1 + (j - 1) * lda, 1)
|
||||
/ a[l - 1 + (l - 1) * lda];
|
||||
daxpy(n - l + 1, t, a + l - 1 + (l - 1)*lda, 1, a + l - 1 + (j - 1)*lda, 1);
|
||||
if (pl <= j && j <= pu) {
|
||||
if (qraux[j - 1] != 0.0) {
|
||||
tt = 1.0 - POW(r8_abs(a[l - 1 + (j - 1) * lda]) / qraux[j - 1], 2);
|
||||
tt = r8_max(tt, 0.0);
|
||||
t = tt;
|
||||
tt = 1.0 + 0.05 * tt * POW(qraux[j - 1] / work[j - 1], 2);
|
||||
if (tt != 1.0)
|
||||
qraux[j - 1] = qraux[j - 1] * SQRT(t);
|
||||
else {
|
||||
qraux[j - 1] = dnrm2(n - l, a + l + (j - 1) * lda, 1);
|
||||
work[j - 1] = qraux[j - 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Save the transformation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
qraux[l - 1] = a[l - 1 + (l - 1) * lda];
|
||||
a[l - 1 + (l - 1)*lda] = -nrmxl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
int dqrls(float a[], int lda, int m, int n, float tol, int* kr, float b[],
|
||||
float x[], float rsd[], int jpvt[], float qraux[], int itask)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
DQRLS factors and solves a linear system in the least squares sense.
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion:
|
||||
|
||||
The linear system may be overdetermined, underdetermined or singular.
|
||||
The solution is obtained using a QR factorization of the
|
||||
coefficient matrix.
|
||||
|
||||
DQRLS can be efficiently used to solve several least squares
|
||||
problems with the same matrix A. The first system is solved
|
||||
with ITASK = 1. The subsequent systems are solved with
|
||||
ITASK = 2, to avoid the recomputation of the matrix factors.
|
||||
The parameters KR, JPVT, and QRAUX must not be modified
|
||||
between calls to DQRLS.
|
||||
|
||||
DQRLS is used to solve in a least squares sense
|
||||
overdetermined, underdetermined and singular linear systems.
|
||||
The system is A*X approximates B where A is M by N.
|
||||
B is a given M-vector, and X is the N-vector to be computed.
|
||||
A solution X is found which minimimzes the sum of squares (2-norm)
|
||||
of the residual, A*X - B.
|
||||
|
||||
The numerical rank of A is determined using the tolerance TOL.
|
||||
|
||||
DQRLS uses the LINPACK subroutine DQRDC to compute the QR
|
||||
factorization, with column pivoting, of an M by N matrix A.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
10 September 2012
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
C version by John Burkardt.
|
||||
|
||||
Reference:
|
||||
|
||||
David Kahaner, Cleve Moler, Steven Nash,
|
||||
Numerical Methods and Software,
|
||||
Prentice Hall, 1989,
|
||||
ISBN: 0-13-627258-4,
|
||||
LC: TA345.K34.
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input/output, float A[LDA*N], an M by N matrix.
|
||||
On input, the matrix whose decomposition is to be computed.
|
||||
In a least squares data fitting problem, A(I,J) is the
|
||||
value of the J-th basis (model) function at the I-th data point.
|
||||
On output, A contains the output from DQRDC. The triangular matrix R
|
||||
of the QR factorization is contained in the upper triangle and
|
||||
information needed to recover the orthogonal matrix Q is stored
|
||||
below the diagonal in A and in the vector QRAUX.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int LDA, the leading dimension of A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int M, the number of rows of A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int N, the number of columns of A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float TOL, a relative tolerance used to determine the
|
||||
numerical rank. The problem should be scaled so that all the elements
|
||||
of A have roughly the same absolute accuracy EPS. Then a reasonable
|
||||
value for TOL is roughly EPS divided by the magnitude of the largest
|
||||
element.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, int *KR, the numerical rank.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float B[M], the right hand side of the linear system.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float X[N], a least squares solution to the linear
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float RSD[M], the residual, B - A*X. RSD may
|
||||
overwrite B.
|
||||
|
||||
Workspace, int JPVT[N], required if ITASK = 1.
|
||||
Columns JPVT(1), ..., JPVT(KR) of the original matrix are linearly
|
||||
independent to within the tolerance TOL and the remaining columns
|
||||
are linearly dependent. ABS ( A(1,1) ) / ABS ( A(KR,KR) ) is an estimate
|
||||
of the condition number of the matrix of independent columns,
|
||||
and of R. This estimate will be <= 1/TOL.
|
||||
|
||||
Workspace, float QRAUX[N], required if ITASK = 1.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int ITASK.
|
||||
1, DQRLS factors the matrix A and solves the least squares problem.
|
||||
2, DQRLS assumes that the matrix A was factored with an earlier
|
||||
call to DQRLS, and only solves the least squares problem.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, int DQRLS, error code.
|
||||
0: no error
|
||||
-1: LDA < M (fatal error)
|
||||
-2: N < 1 (fatal error)
|
||||
-3: ITASK < 1 (fatal error)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ind;
|
||||
if (lda < m) {
|
||||
/*fprintf ( stderr, "\n" );
|
||||
fprintf ( stderr, "DQRLS - Fatal error!\n" );
|
||||
fprintf ( stderr, " LDA < M.\n" );*/
|
||||
ind = -1;
|
||||
return ind;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (n <= 0) {
|
||||
/*fprintf ( stderr, "\n" );
|
||||
fprintf ( stderr, "DQRLS - Fatal error!\n" );
|
||||
fprintf ( stderr, " N <= 0.\n" );*/
|
||||
ind = -2;
|
||||
return ind;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (itask < 1) {
|
||||
/*fprintf ( stderr, "\n" );
|
||||
fprintf ( stderr, "DQRLS - Fatal error!\n" );
|
||||
fprintf ( stderr, " ITASK < 1.\n" );*/
|
||||
ind = -3;
|
||||
return ind;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ind = 0;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Factor the matrix.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (itask == 1)
|
||||
dqrank(a, lda, m, n, tol, kr, jpvt, qraux);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Solve the least-squares problem.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
dqrlss(a, lda, m, n, *kr, b, x, rsd, jpvt, qraux);
|
||||
return ind;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
void dqrlss(float a[], int lda, int m, int n, int kr, float b[], float x[],
|
||||
float rsd[], int jpvt[], float qraux[])
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
DQRLSS solves a linear system in a least squares sense.
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion:
|
||||
|
||||
DQRLSS must be preceded by a call to DQRANK.
|
||||
|
||||
The system is to be solved is
|
||||
A * X = B
|
||||
where
|
||||
A is an M by N matrix with rank KR, as determined by DQRANK,
|
||||
B is a given M-vector,
|
||||
X is the N-vector to be computed.
|
||||
|
||||
A solution X, with at most KR nonzero components, is found which
|
||||
minimizes the 2-norm of the residual (A*X-B).
|
||||
|
||||
Once the matrix A has been formed, DQRANK should be
|
||||
called once to decompose it. Then, for each right hand
|
||||
side B, DQRLSS should be called once to obtain the
|
||||
solution and residual.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
10 September 2012
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
C version by John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float A[LDA*N], the QR factorization information
|
||||
from DQRANK. The triangular matrix R of the QR factorization is
|
||||
contained in the upper triangle and information needed to recover
|
||||
the orthogonal matrix Q is stored below the diagonal in A and in
|
||||
the vector QRAUX.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int LDA, the leading dimension of A, which must
|
||||
be at least M.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int M, the number of rows of A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int N, the number of columns of A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int KR, the rank of the matrix, as estimated by DQRANK.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float B[M], the right hand side of the linear system.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float X[N], a least squares solution to the
|
||||
linear system.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float RSD[M], the residual, B - A*X. RSD may
|
||||
overwrite B.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int JPVT[N], the pivot information from DQRANK.
|
||||
Columns JPVT[0], ..., JPVT[KR-1] of the original matrix are linearly
|
||||
independent to within the tolerance TOL and the remaining columns
|
||||
are linearly dependent.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float QRAUX[N], auxiliary information from DQRANK
|
||||
defining the QR factorization.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
int info;
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
int job;
|
||||
int k;
|
||||
float t;
|
||||
|
||||
if (kr != 0) {
|
||||
job = 110;
|
||||
info = dqrsl(a, lda, m, kr, qraux, b, rsd, rsd, x, rsd, rsd, job); UNUSED(info);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
jpvt[i] = - jpvt[i];
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = kr; i < n; i++)
|
||||
x[i] = 0.0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) {
|
||||
if (jpvt[j - 1] <= 0) {
|
||||
k = - jpvt[j - 1];
|
||||
jpvt[j - 1] = k;
|
||||
|
||||
while (k != j) {
|
||||
t = x[j - 1];
|
||||
x[j - 1] = x[k - 1];
|
||||
x[k - 1] = t;
|
||||
jpvt[k - 1] = -jpvt[k - 1];
|
||||
k = jpvt[k - 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
int dqrsl(float a[], int lda, int n, int k, float qraux[], float y[],
|
||||
float qy[], float qty[], float b[], float rsd[], float ab[], int job)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
DQRSL computes transformations, projections, and least squares solutions.
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion:
|
||||
|
||||
DQRSL requires the output of DQRDC.
|
||||
|
||||
For K <= min(N,P), let AK be the matrix
|
||||
|
||||
AK = ( A(JPVT[0]), A(JPVT(2)), ..., A(JPVT(K)) )
|
||||
|
||||
formed from columns JPVT[0], ..., JPVT(K) of the original
|
||||
N by P matrix A that was input to DQRDC. If no pivoting was
|
||||
done, AK consists of the first K columns of A in their
|
||||
original order. DQRDC produces a factored orthogonal matrix Q
|
||||
and an upper triangular matrix R such that
|
||||
|
||||
AK = Q * (R)
|
||||
(0)
|
||||
|
||||
This information is contained in coded form in the arrays
|
||||
A and QRAUX.
|
||||
|
||||
The parameters QY, QTY, B, RSD, and AB are not referenced
|
||||
if their computation is not requested and in this case
|
||||
can be replaced by dummy variables in the calling program.
|
||||
To save storage, the user may in some cases use the same
|
||||
array for different parameters in the calling sequence. A
|
||||
frequently occurring example is when one wishes to compute
|
||||
any of B, RSD, or AB and does not need Y or QTY. In this
|
||||
case one may identify Y, QTY, and one of B, RSD, or AB, while
|
||||
providing separate arrays for anything else that is to be
|
||||
computed.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus the calling sequence
|
||||
|
||||
dqrsl ( a, lda, n, k, qraux, y, dum, y, b, y, dum, 110, info )
|
||||
|
||||
will result in the computation of B and RSD, with RSD
|
||||
overwriting Y. More generally, each item in the following
|
||||
list contains groups of permissible identifications for
|
||||
a single calling sequence.
|
||||
|
||||
1. (Y,QTY,B) (RSD) (AB) (QY)
|
||||
|
||||
2. (Y,QTY,RSD) (B) (AB) (QY)
|
||||
|
||||
3. (Y,QTY,AB) (B) (RSD) (QY)
|
||||
|
||||
4. (Y,QY) (QTY,B) (RSD) (AB)
|
||||
|
||||
5. (Y,QY) (QTY,RSD) (B) (AB)
|
||||
|
||||
6. (Y,QY) (QTY,AB) (B) (RSD)
|
||||
|
||||
In any group the value returned in the array allocated to
|
||||
the group corresponds to the last member of the group.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
07 June 2005
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
C version by John Burkardt.
|
||||
|
||||
Reference:
|
||||
|
||||
Jack Dongarra, Cleve Moler, Jim Bunch and Pete Stewart,
|
||||
LINPACK User's Guide,
|
||||
SIAM, (Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics),
|
||||
3600 University City Science Center,
|
||||
Philadelphia, PA, 19104-2688.
|
||||
ISBN 0-89871-172-X
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float A[LDA*P], contains the output of DQRDC.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int LDA, the leading dimension of the array A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int N, the number of rows of the matrix AK. It must
|
||||
have the same value as N in DQRDC.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int K, the number of columns of the matrix AK. K
|
||||
must not be greater than min(N,P), where P is the same as in the
|
||||
calling sequence to DQRDC.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float QRAUX[P], the auxiliary output from DQRDC.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float Y[N], a vector to be manipulated by DQRSL.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float QY[N], contains Q * Y, if requested.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float QTY[N], contains Q' * Y, if requested.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float B[K], the solution of the least squares problem
|
||||
minimize norm2 ( Y - AK * B),
|
||||
if its computation has been requested. Note that if pivoting was
|
||||
requested in DQRDC, the J-th component of B will be associated with
|
||||
column JPVT(J) of the original matrix A that was input into DQRDC.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float RSD[N], the least squares residual Y - AK * B,
|
||||
if its computation has been requested. RSD is also the orthogonal
|
||||
projection of Y onto the orthogonal complement of the column space
|
||||
of AK.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float AB[N], the least squares approximation Ak * B,
|
||||
if its computation has been requested. AB is also the orthogonal
|
||||
projection of Y onto the column space of A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, integer JOB, specifies what is to be computed. JOB has
|
||||
the decimal expansion ABCDE, with the following meaning:
|
||||
|
||||
if A != 0, compute QY.
|
||||
if B != 0, compute QTY.
|
||||
if C != 0, compute QTY and B.
|
||||
if D != 0, compute QTY and RSD.
|
||||
if E != 0, compute QTY and AB.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that a request to compute B, RSD, or AB automatically triggers
|
||||
the computation of QTY, for which an array must be provided in the
|
||||
calling sequence.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, int DQRSL, is zero unless the computation of B has
|
||||
been requested and R is exactly singular. In this case, INFO is the
|
||||
index of the first zero diagonal element of R, and B is left unaltered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cab;
|
||||
int cb;
|
||||
int cqty;
|
||||
int cqy;
|
||||
int cr;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
int info;
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
int jj;
|
||||
int ju;
|
||||
float t;
|
||||
float temp;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Set INFO flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
info = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Determine what is to be computed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
cqy = ( job / 10000 != 0);
|
||||
cqty = ((job % 10000) != 0);
|
||||
cb = ((job % 1000) / 100 != 0);
|
||||
cr = ((job % 100) / 10 != 0);
|
||||
cab = ((job % 10) != 0);
|
||||
ju = i4_min(k, n - 1);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Special action when N = 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (ju == 0) {
|
||||
if (cqy)
|
||||
qy[0] = y[0];
|
||||
if (cqty)
|
||||
qty[0] = y[0];
|
||||
if (cab)
|
||||
ab[0] = y[0];
|
||||
if (cb) {
|
||||
if (a[0 + 0 * lda] == 0.0)
|
||||
info = 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
b[0] = y[0] / a[0 + 0 * lda];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cr)
|
||||
rsd[0] = 0.0;
|
||||
return info;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Set up to compute QY or QTY.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (cqy) {
|
||||
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
|
||||
qy[i - 1] = y[i - 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cqty) {
|
||||
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
|
||||
qty[i - 1] = y[i - 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Compute QY.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (cqy) {
|
||||
for (jj = 1; jj <= ju; jj++) {
|
||||
j = ju - jj + 1;
|
||||
if (qraux[j - 1] != 0.0) {
|
||||
temp = a[j - 1 + (j - 1) * lda];
|
||||
a[j - 1 + (j - 1)*lda] = qraux[j - 1];
|
||||
t = -ddot(n - j + 1, a + j - 1 + (j - 1) * lda, 1, qy + j - 1, 1) / a[j - 1 + (j - 1) * lda];
|
||||
daxpy(n - j + 1, t, a + j - 1 + (j - 1)*lda, 1, qy + j - 1, 1);
|
||||
a[j - 1 + (j - 1)*lda] = temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Compute Q'*Y.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (cqty) {
|
||||
for (j = 1; j <= ju; j++) {
|
||||
if (qraux[j - 1] != 0.0) {
|
||||
temp = a[j - 1 + (j - 1) * lda];
|
||||
a[j - 1 + (j - 1)*lda] = qraux[j - 1];
|
||||
t = -ddot(n - j + 1, a + j - 1 + (j - 1) * lda, 1, qty + j - 1, 1) / a[j - 1 + (j - 1) * lda];
|
||||
daxpy(n - j + 1, t, a + j - 1 + (j - 1)*lda, 1, qty + j - 1, 1);
|
||||
a[j - 1 + (j - 1)*lda] = temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Set up to compute B, RSD, or AB.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (cb) {
|
||||
for (i = 1; i <= k; i++)
|
||||
b[i - 1] = qty[i - 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cab) {
|
||||
for (i = 1; i <= k; i++)
|
||||
ab[i - 1] = qty[i - 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cr && k < n) {
|
||||
for (i = k + 1; i <= n; i++)
|
||||
rsd[i - 1] = qty[i - 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cab && k + 1 <= n) {
|
||||
for (i = k + 1; i <= n; i++)
|
||||
ab[i - 1] = 0.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cr) {
|
||||
for (i = 1; i <= k; i++)
|
||||
rsd[i - 1] = 0.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Compute B.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (cb) {
|
||||
for (jj = 1; jj <= k; jj++) {
|
||||
j = k - jj + 1;
|
||||
if (a[j - 1 + (j - 1)*lda] == 0.0) {
|
||||
info = j;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
b[j - 1] = b[j - 1] / a[j - 1 + (j - 1) * lda];
|
||||
if (j != 1) {
|
||||
t = -b[j - 1];
|
||||
daxpy(j - 1, t, a + 0 + (j - 1)*lda, 1, b, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Compute RSD or AB as required.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (cr || cab) {
|
||||
for (jj = 1; jj <= ju; jj++) {
|
||||
j = ju - jj + 1;
|
||||
if (qraux[j - 1] != 0.0) {
|
||||
temp = a[j - 1 + (j - 1) * lda];
|
||||
a[j - 1 + (j - 1)*lda] = qraux[j - 1];
|
||||
if (cr) {
|
||||
t = -ddot(n - j + 1, a + j - 1 + (j - 1) * lda, 1, rsd + j - 1, 1)
|
||||
/ a[j - 1 + (j - 1) * lda];
|
||||
daxpy(n - j + 1, t, a + j - 1 + (j - 1)*lda, 1, rsd + j - 1, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cab) {
|
||||
t = -ddot(n - j + 1, a + j - 1 + (j - 1) * lda, 1, ab + j - 1, 1)
|
||||
/ a[j - 1 + (j - 1) * lda];
|
||||
daxpy(n - j + 1, t, a + j - 1 + (j - 1)*lda, 1, ab + j - 1, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
a[j - 1 + (j - 1)*lda] = temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return info;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
void dscal(int n, float sa, float x[], int incx)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
DSCAL scales a vector by a constant.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
30 March 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
C version by John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Reference:
|
||||
|
||||
Jack Dongarra, Cleve Moler, Jim Bunch, Pete Stewart,
|
||||
LINPACK User's Guide,
|
||||
SIAM, 1979.
|
||||
|
||||
Charles Lawson, Richard Hanson, David Kincaid, Fred Krogh,
|
||||
Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms for Fortran Usage,
|
||||
Algorithm 539,
|
||||
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software,
|
||||
Volume 5, Number 3, September 1979, pages 308-323.
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float SA, the multiplier.
|
||||
|
||||
Input/output, float X[*], the vector to be scaled.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int INCX, the increment between successive entries of X.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
int ix;
|
||||
int m;
|
||||
|
||||
if (n <= 0) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (incx == 1) {
|
||||
m = n % 5;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < m; i++)
|
||||
x[i] = sa * x[i];
|
||||
for (i = m; i < n; i = i + 5) {
|
||||
x[i] = sa * x[i];
|
||||
x[i + 1] = sa * x[i + 1];
|
||||
x[i + 2] = sa * x[i + 2];
|
||||
x[i + 3] = sa * x[i + 3];
|
||||
x[i + 4] = sa * x[i + 4];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (0 <= incx)
|
||||
ix = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
ix = (- n + 1) * incx;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
|
||||
x[ix] = sa * x[ix];
|
||||
ix = ix + incx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void dswap(int n, float x[], int incx, float y[], int incy)
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
DSWAP interchanges two vectors.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
30 March 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
C version by John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Reference:
|
||||
|
||||
Jack Dongarra, Cleve Moler, Jim Bunch, Pete Stewart,
|
||||
LINPACK User's Guide,
|
||||
SIAM, 1979.
|
||||
|
||||
Charles Lawson, Richard Hanson, David Kincaid, Fred Krogh,
|
||||
Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms for Fortran Usage,
|
||||
Algorithm 539,
|
||||
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software,
|
||||
Volume 5, Number 3, September 1979, pages 308-323.
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int N, the number of entries in the vectors.
|
||||
|
||||
Input/output, float X[*], one of the vectors to swap.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int INCX, the increment between successive entries of X.
|
||||
|
||||
Input/output, float Y[*], one of the vectors to swap.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int INCY, the increment between successive elements of Y.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (n <= 0) return;
|
||||
|
||||
int i, ix, iy, m;
|
||||
float temp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (incx == 1 && incy == 1) {
|
||||
m = n % 3;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < m; i++) {
|
||||
temp = x[i];
|
||||
x[i] = y[i];
|
||||
y[i] = temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i = m; i < n; i = i + 3) {
|
||||
temp = x[i];
|
||||
x[i] = y[i];
|
||||
y[i] = temp;
|
||||
temp = x[i + 1];
|
||||
x[i + 1] = y[i + 1];
|
||||
y[i + 1] = temp;
|
||||
temp = x[i + 2];
|
||||
x[i + 2] = y[i + 2];
|
||||
y[i + 2] = temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
ix = (incx >= 0) ? 0 : (-n + 1) * incx;
|
||||
iy = (incy >= 0) ? 0 : (-n + 1) * incy;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
|
||||
temp = x[ix];
|
||||
x[ix] = y[iy];
|
||||
y[iy] = temp;
|
||||
ix = ix + incx;
|
||||
iy = iy + incy;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
void qr_solve(float x[], int m, int n, float a[], float b[])
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
Purpose:
|
||||
|
||||
QR_SOLVE solves a linear system in the least squares sense.
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion:
|
||||
|
||||
If the matrix A has full column rank, then the solution X should be the
|
||||
unique vector that minimizes the Euclidean norm of the residual.
|
||||
|
||||
If the matrix A does not have full column rank, then the solution is
|
||||
not unique; the vector X will minimize the residual norm, but so will
|
||||
various other vectors.
|
||||
|
||||
Licensing:
|
||||
|
||||
This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
|
||||
|
||||
Modified:
|
||||
|
||||
11 September 2012
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
|
||||
John Burkardt
|
||||
|
||||
Reference:
|
||||
|
||||
David Kahaner, Cleve Moler, Steven Nash,
|
||||
Numerical Methods and Software,
|
||||
Prentice Hall, 1989,
|
||||
ISBN: 0-13-627258-4,
|
||||
LC: TA345.K34.
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int M, the number of rows of A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, int N, the number of columns of A.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float A[M*N], the matrix.
|
||||
|
||||
Input, float B[M], the right hand side.
|
||||
|
||||
Output, float QR_SOLVE[N], the least squares solution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
float a_qr[n * m], qraux[n], r[m], tol;
|
||||
int ind, itask, jpvt[n], kr, lda;
|
||||
|
||||
r8mat_copy(a_qr, m, n, a);
|
||||
lda = m;
|
||||
tol = r8_epsilon() / r8mat_amax(m, n, a_qr);
|
||||
itask = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
ind = dqrls(a_qr, lda, m, n, tol, &kr, b, x, r, jpvt, qraux, itask); UNUSED(ind);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "MarlinConfig.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
void daxpy(int n, float da, float dx[], int incx, float dy[], int incy);
|
||||
float ddot(int n, float dx[], int incx, float dy[], int incy);
|
||||
float dnrm2(int n, float x[], int incx);
|
||||
void dqrank(float a[], int lda, int m, int n, float tol, int* kr,
|
||||
int jpvt[], float qraux[]);
|
||||
void dqrdc(float a[], int lda, int n, int p, float qraux[], int jpvt[],
|
||||
float work[], int job);
|
||||
int dqrls(float a[], int lda, int m, int n, float tol, int* kr, float b[],
|
||||
float x[], float rsd[], int jpvt[], float qraux[], int itask);
|
||||
void dqrlss(float a[], int lda, int m, int n, int kr, float b[], float x[],
|
||||
float rsd[], int jpvt[], float qraux[]);
|
||||
int dqrsl(float a[], int lda, int n, int k, float qraux[], float y[],
|
||||
float qy[], float qty[], float b[], float rsd[], float ab[], int job);
|
||||
void dscal(int n, float sa, float x[], int incx);
|
||||
void dswap(int n, float x[], int incx, float y[], int incy);
|
||||
void qr_solve(float x[], int m, int n, float a[], float b[]);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Loading…
Reference in new issue